1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 105 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 108 * restrictions. 109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 111 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 112 * not permitted using this channel 113 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 114 * not permitted using this channel 115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 116 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 117 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 119 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 121 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 122 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G 123 * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel 124 * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary 125 * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. 126 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 127 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 129 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not permitted on this channel. 130 */ 131 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 146 /* can use free bits here */ 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR = BIT(18), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), 160 }; 161 162 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 163 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 164 165 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 167 168 /** 169 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 170 * 171 * This structure describes a single channel for use 172 * with cfg80211. 173 * 174 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 175 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 176 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 177 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 178 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 179 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 180 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 181 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 182 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 183 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 185 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 186 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 187 * @orig_mag: internal use 188 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 189 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 190 * on this channel. 191 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 192 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 193 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) when CAC was 194 * started on this channel. Zero when CAC is not in progress. 195 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 196 */ 197 struct ieee80211_channel { 198 enum nl80211_band band; 199 u32 center_freq; 200 u16 freq_offset; 201 u16 hw_value; 202 u32 flags; 203 int max_antenna_gain; 204 int max_power; 205 int max_reg_power; 206 bool beacon_found; 207 u32 orig_flags; 208 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 209 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 210 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 211 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 212 u64 cac_start_time; 213 s8 psd; 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 218 * 219 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 220 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 221 * different bands/PHY modes. 222 * 223 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 224 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 225 * with CCK rates. 226 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 227 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 228 * core code when registering the wiphy. 229 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 230 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 231 * core code when registering the wiphy. 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 233 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 234 * core code when registering the wiphy. 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 236 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 237 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 238 */ 239 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 245 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 246 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 251 * 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 255 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 256 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 257 */ 258 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 262 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 263 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 264 }; 265 266 /** 267 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 268 * 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 270 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 271 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 272 */ 273 enum ieee80211_privacy { 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 275 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 276 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 277 }; 278 279 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 280 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 284 * 285 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 286 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 287 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 288 * passed around. 289 * 290 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 291 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 292 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 293 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 294 * short preamble is used 295 */ 296 struct ieee80211_rate { 297 u32 flags; 298 u16 bitrate; 299 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 300 }; 301 302 /** 303 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 304 * 305 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 306 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 307 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 308 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 309 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 310 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 311 * members of the SRG 312 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 313 * used by members of the SRG 314 */ 315 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 316 bool enable; 317 u8 sr_ctrl; 318 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 319 u8 min_offset; 320 u8 max_offset; 321 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 322 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 323 }; 324 325 /** 326 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 327 * 328 * @color: the current color. 329 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 330 * @partial: define the AID equation. 331 */ 332 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 333 u8 color; 334 bool enabled; 335 bool partial; 336 }; 337 338 /** 339 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 340 * 341 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 342 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 343 * 344 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 345 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 346 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 347 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 348 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 349 */ 350 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 351 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 352 bool ht_supported; 353 u8 ampdu_factor; 354 u8 ampdu_density; 355 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 356 }; 357 358 /** 359 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 360 * 361 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 362 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 363 * 364 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 365 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 366 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 367 */ 368 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 369 bool vht_supported; 370 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 371 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 372 }; 373 374 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 375 376 /** 377 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 378 * 379 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 380 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 381 * 382 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 383 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 384 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 385 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 386 */ 387 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 388 bool has_he; 389 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 390 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 391 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 392 }; 393 394 /** 395 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 396 * 397 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 398 * and NSS Set field" 399 * 400 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 401 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 402 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 403 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 404 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 407 union { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 409 struct { 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 411 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 412 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 413 } __packed bw; 414 } __packed; 415 } __packed; 416 417 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 418 419 /** 420 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 421 * 422 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 423 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 424 * 425 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 426 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 427 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 428 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 429 */ 430 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 431 bool has_eht; 432 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 433 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 434 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 435 }; 436 437 /** 438 * struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap - STA's UHR capabilities 439 * @has_uhr: true iff UHR is supported and data is valid 440 * @mac: fixed MAC capabilities 441 * @phy: fixed PHY capabilities 442 */ 443 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap { 444 bool has_uhr; 445 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_mac mac; 446 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_phy phy; 447 }; 448 449 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 450 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 451 /* 452 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 453 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 454 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 455 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 456 */ 457 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 458 #else 459 # define __iftd 460 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 461 462 /** 463 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 464 * 465 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 466 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 467 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 468 * 469 * @types_mask: interface types mask 470 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 471 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 472 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 473 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 474 * @uhr_cap: STA's UHR capabilities 475 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 476 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 477 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 478 */ 479 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 480 u16 types_mask; 481 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 482 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 483 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 484 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap uhr_cap; 485 struct { 486 const u8 *data; 487 unsigned int len; 488 } vendor_elems; 489 }; 490 491 /** 492 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 493 * 494 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 495 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 496 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 497 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 498 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 499 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 500 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 501 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 502 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 503 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 504 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 505 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 506 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 507 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 508 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 509 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 510 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 511 */ 512 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 513 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 514 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 515 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 516 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 517 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 518 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 519 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 520 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 521 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 522 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 523 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 524 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 525 }; 526 527 /** 528 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 529 * 530 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 531 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 532 * 533 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 534 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 535 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 536 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 537 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 538 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 539 */ 540 struct ieee80211_edmg { 541 u8 channels; 542 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 547 * 548 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 549 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 550 * 551 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 552 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 553 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 554 */ 555 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 556 bool s1g; 557 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 558 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 559 }; 560 561 /** 562 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 563 * 564 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 565 * is able to operate in. 566 * 567 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 568 * in this band. 569 * @band: the band this structure represents 570 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 571 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 572 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 573 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 574 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 575 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 576 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 577 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 578 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 579 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 580 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 581 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 582 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 583 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 584 * iftype_data). 585 */ 586 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 587 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 588 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 589 enum nl80211_band band; 590 int n_channels; 591 int n_bitrates; 592 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 593 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 594 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 595 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 596 u16 n_iftype_data; 597 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 598 }; 599 600 /** 601 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 604 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 605 * 606 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 607 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 608 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 609 */ 610 static inline void 611 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 612 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 613 u16 n_iftd) 614 { 615 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 616 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 617 } 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 621 * @sband: the sband to initialize 622 * @iftd: the iftype data array 623 */ 624 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 625 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 626 627 /** 628 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 629 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 630 * @i: iterator counter 631 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 632 */ 633 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 634 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 635 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 636 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 637 638 /** 639 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 640 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 641 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 642 * 643 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 644 */ 645 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 646 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 647 u8 iftype) 648 { 649 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 650 int i; 651 652 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 653 return NULL; 654 655 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 656 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 657 658 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 659 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 660 return data; 661 } 662 663 return NULL; 664 } 665 666 /** 667 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 668 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 669 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 670 * 671 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 672 */ 673 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 674 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 675 u8 iftype) 676 { 677 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 678 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 679 680 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 681 return &data->he_cap; 682 683 return NULL; 684 } 685 686 /** 687 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 688 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 689 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 690 * 691 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 692 */ 693 static inline __le16 694 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 695 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 696 { 697 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 698 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 699 700 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 701 return 0; 702 703 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 704 } 705 706 /** 707 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return EHT capabilities for an sband's iftype 708 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 709 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 710 * 711 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 712 */ 713 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 714 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 715 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 716 { 717 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 718 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 719 720 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 721 return &data->eht_cap; 722 723 return NULL; 724 } 725 726 /** 727 * ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap - return UHR capabilities for an sband's iftype 728 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 729 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 730 * 731 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap, or NULL is none found 732 */ 733 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap * 734 ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 735 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 736 { 737 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 738 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 739 740 if (data && data->uhr_cap.has_uhr) 741 return &data->uhr_cap; 742 743 return NULL; 744 } 745 746 /** 747 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 748 * 749 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 750 * 751 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 752 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 753 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 754 * 755 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 756 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 757 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 758 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 759 * without affecting other devices. 760 * 761 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 762 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 763 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 764 */ 765 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 766 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 767 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 768 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 769 { 770 } 771 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 772 773 774 /* 775 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 776 */ 777 778 /** 779 * DOC: Actions and configuration 780 * 781 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 782 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 783 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 784 * operations use are described separately. 785 * 786 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 787 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 788 * 789 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 790 * in a separate chapter. 791 */ 792 793 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 794 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 795 796 /** 797 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 798 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 799 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 800 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 801 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 802 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 803 * determine the address as needed. 804 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 805 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 806 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 807 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 808 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 809 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 810 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 811 */ 812 struct vif_params { 813 u32 flags; 814 int use_4addr; 815 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 816 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 817 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 818 }; 819 820 /** 821 * struct key_params - key information 822 * 823 * Information about a key 824 * 825 * @key: key material 826 * @key_len: length of key material 827 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 828 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN), must be in little endian, 829 * length given by @seq_len. 830 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 831 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 832 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 833 * @ltf_keyseed: LTF key seed material 834 * @ltf_keyseed_len: length of LTF key seed material 835 */ 836 struct key_params { 837 const u8 *key; 838 const u8 *seq; 839 int key_len; 840 int seq_len; 841 u16 vlan_id; 842 u32 cipher; 843 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 844 const u8 *ltf_keyseed; 845 size_t ltf_keyseed_len; 846 }; 847 848 /** 849 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 850 * @chan: the (control) channel 851 * @npca_chan: the NPCA primary channel 852 * Note that if DBE is in use, this channel may appear to be 853 * inside the primary half of the chandef. Implementations 854 * can use the position of this channel to understand how 855 * NPCA is used. 856 * @width: channel width 857 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 858 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 859 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 860 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 861 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 862 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 863 * parameters are ignored. 864 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 865 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 866 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 867 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 868 * @npca_punctured: NPCA puncturing bitmap, like @punctured but for 869 * NPCA transmissions. If NPCA is used (@npca_chan is not %NULL) 870 * this will be a superset of the @punctured bimap. 871 * Note that if DBE is used, this bitmap is also shifted to be in 872 * accordance with the overall chandef bandwidth. 873 * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to 874 * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an 875 * S1G 2MHz primary channel. 876 */ 877 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 878 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 879 struct ieee80211_channel *npca_chan; 880 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 881 u32 center_freq1; 882 u32 center_freq2; 883 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 884 u16 freq1_offset; 885 u16 punctured, npca_punctured; 886 bool s1g_primary_2mhz; 887 }; 888 889 /* 890 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 891 */ 892 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 893 struct { 894 u32 legacy; 895 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 896 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 897 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 898 u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 899 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 900 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 901 enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; 902 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 903 enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; 904 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 905 }; 906 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 910 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 911 * of the peer. 912 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 913 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 914 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 915 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 916 * @retry_long: retry count value 917 * @retry_short: retry count value 918 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 919 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 920 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 921 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 922 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 923 */ 924 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 925 bool config_override; 926 u8 tids; 927 u64 mask; 928 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 929 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 930 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 931 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 932 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 933 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 934 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 935 }; 936 937 /** 938 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 939 * @peer: Station's MAC address 940 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 941 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 942 */ 943 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 944 const u8 *peer; 945 u32 n_tid_conf; 946 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 951 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 952 * @kek: FILS KEK 953 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 954 * @snonce: STA Nonce 955 * @anonce: AP Nonce 956 */ 957 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 958 const u8 *macaddr; 959 const u8 *kek; 960 u8 kek_len; 961 const u8 *snonce; 962 const u8 *anonce; 963 }; 964 965 /** 966 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 967 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 968 * addresses. 969 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 970 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 971 */ 972 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 973 const u8 *macaddr; 974 bool enable; 975 }; 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 979 * @chandef: the channel definition 980 * 981 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 982 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 983 */ 984 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 985 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 switch (chandef->width) { 988 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 989 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 990 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 991 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 992 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 993 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 994 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 995 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 996 default: 997 WARN_ON(1); 998 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 999 } 1000 } 1001 1002 /** 1003 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 1004 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 1005 * @channel: the control channel 1006 * @chantype: the channel type 1007 * 1008 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 1009 */ 1010 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1011 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 1012 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 1013 1014 /** 1015 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 1016 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1017 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1018 * 1019 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 1020 * identical, %false otherwise. 1021 */ 1022 static inline bool 1023 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1024 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 1025 { 1026 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 1027 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 1028 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 1029 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 1030 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 1031 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured && 1032 chandef1->s1g_primary_2mhz == chandef2->s1g_primary_2mhz && 1033 chandef1->npca_chan == chandef2->npca_chan && 1034 chandef1->npca_punctured == chandef2->npca_punctured); 1035 } 1036 1037 /** 1038 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 1039 * 1040 * @chandef: the channel definition 1041 * 1042 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 1043 */ 1044 static inline bool 1045 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1046 { 1047 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 1048 } 1049 1050 /** 1051 * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel 1052 * @chandef: the channel definition 1053 * 1054 * Return: %true if S1G. 1055 */ 1056 static inline bool 1057 cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1058 { 1059 return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; 1060 } 1061 1062 /** 1063 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 1064 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1065 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1066 * 1067 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 1068 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 1069 */ 1070 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 1071 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1072 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1073 1074 1075 /** 1076 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1077 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1078 * 1079 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1080 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1081 */ 1082 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1083 1084 /** 1085 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1086 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1087 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1088 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1089 */ 1090 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1091 { 1092 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1093 } 1094 1095 /** 1096 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1097 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1098 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1099 */ 1100 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1101 1102 /** 1103 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1104 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1105 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1106 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1107 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1108 */ 1109 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1110 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1111 u32 prohibited_flags); 1112 1113 /** 1114 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1115 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1116 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1117 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1118 * Returns: 1119 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1120 */ 1121 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1122 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1123 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1124 1125 /** 1126 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1127 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1129 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1130 * 1131 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1132 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1133 */ 1134 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1135 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1136 1137 /** 1138 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1139 * channel definition 1140 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1141 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1142 * 1143 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1144 */ 1145 unsigned int 1146 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1147 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1148 1149 /** 1150 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1151 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1152 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1153 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1154 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1155 * 1156 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1157 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1158 */ 1159 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1160 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1161 u16 *punctured); 1162 1163 /** 1164 * cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid - check that NPCA information is valid 1165 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for, for channel pointer lookup 1166 * @chandef: the BSS channel chandef to check against 1167 * @npca: NPCA information, can be %NULL in which case this 1168 * always returns %true 1169 * 1170 * Note that DBE must not have been configured into the chandef yet 1171 * before checking NPCA, i.e. @chandef must represent the BSS channel. 1172 * 1173 * Returns: %true if the NPCA channel and puncturing bitmap are valid 1174 * according to the chandef, %false otherwise 1175 */ 1176 bool cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1177 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1178 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1179 1180 /** 1181 * cfg80211_chandef_add_npca - parse and add NPCA information to chandef 1182 * @wiphy: the wiphy this will be used for, for channel pointer lookup 1183 * @chandef: the chandef to modify, must be a valid chandef without NPCA 1184 * @npca: the NPCA information, can be %NULL 1185 * 1186 * Returns: 0 if the NPCA information was added and the resulting 1187 * chandef is valid, a negative error code on errors 1188 */ 1189 int cfg80211_chandef_add_npca(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1190 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1191 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1192 1193 /** 1194 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1195 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1196 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1197 * 1198 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1199 **/ 1200 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1201 1202 /** 1203 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1204 * 1205 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1206 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1207 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1208 * 1209 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1210 * 1211 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1212 */ 1213 static inline int 1214 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1215 { 1216 switch (chandef->width) { 1217 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1218 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1219 chandef->chan->max_power); 1220 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1221 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1222 chandef->chan->max_power); 1223 default: 1224 break; 1225 } 1226 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1227 } 1228 1229 /** 1230 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1231 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1232 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1233 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1234 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1235 * 1236 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1237 */ 1238 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1239 unsigned long band_mask, 1240 u32 prohibited_flags); 1241 1242 /** 1243 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1244 * 1245 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1246 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1247 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1248 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1249 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1250 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1251 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1252 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1253 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1254 * 1255 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1256 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1257 */ 1258 enum survey_info_flags { 1259 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1260 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1261 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1262 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1263 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1264 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1265 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1266 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1267 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1268 }; 1269 1270 /** 1271 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1272 * 1273 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1274 * record to report global statistics 1275 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1276 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1277 * optional 1278 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1279 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1280 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1281 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1282 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1283 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1284 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1285 * 1286 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1287 * 1288 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1289 * channel duty cycle etc. 1290 */ 1291 struct survey_info { 1292 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1293 u64 time; 1294 u64 time_busy; 1295 u64 time_ext_busy; 1296 u64 time_rx; 1297 u64 time_tx; 1298 u64 time_scan; 1299 u64 time_bss_rx; 1300 u32 filled; 1301 s8 noise; 1302 }; 1303 1304 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1305 1306 /** 1307 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1308 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1309 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1310 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1311 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1312 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1313 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1314 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1315 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1316 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1317 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1318 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1319 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1320 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1321 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1322 * protocol frames. 1323 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1324 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1325 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1326 * port for mac80211 1327 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1328 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1329 * offload) 1330 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1331 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1332 * 1333 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1334 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1335 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1336 * such a scenario. 1337 * 1338 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1339 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1340 * 1341 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1342 * Allow hash-to-element only 1343 * 1344 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1345 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1346 */ 1347 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1348 u32 wpa_versions; 1349 u32 cipher_group; 1350 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1351 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1352 int n_akm_suites; 1353 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1354 bool control_port; 1355 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1356 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1357 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1358 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1359 const u8 *psk; 1360 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1361 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1362 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1363 }; 1364 1365 /** 1366 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1367 * 1368 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1369 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1370 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1371 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1372 */ 1373 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1374 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1375 u8 tx_link_id; 1376 u8 index; 1377 bool ema; 1378 }; 1379 1380 /** 1381 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1382 * 1383 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1384 * 1385 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1386 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1387 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1388 */ 1389 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1390 u8 cnt; 1391 struct { 1392 const u8 *data; 1393 size_t len; 1394 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1395 }; 1396 1397 /** 1398 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1399 * 1400 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1401 * 1402 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1403 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1404 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1405 */ 1406 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1407 u8 cnt; 1408 struct { 1409 const u8 *data; 1410 size_t len; 1411 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1412 }; 1413 1414 /** 1415 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1416 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1417 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1418 * or %NULL if not changed 1419 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1420 * or %NULL if not changed 1421 * @head_len: length of @head 1422 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1423 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1424 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1425 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1426 * frames or %NULL 1427 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1428 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1429 * Response frames or %NULL 1430 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1431 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1432 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1433 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1434 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1435 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1436 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1437 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1438 * (measurement type 8) 1439 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1440 * Token (measurement type 11) 1441 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1442 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1443 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1444 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1445 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1446 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1447 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1448 * @ht_oper: HT operation element (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1449 * @vht_oper: VHT operation element (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1450 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1451 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1452 * @uhr_oper: UHR operation (or %NULL if UHR isn't enabled) 1453 */ 1454 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1455 unsigned int link_id; 1456 1457 const u8 *head, *tail; 1458 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1459 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1460 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1461 const u8 *probe_resp; 1462 const u8 *lci; 1463 const u8 *civicloc; 1464 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1465 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1466 s8 ftm_responder; 1467 1468 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1469 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1470 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1471 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1472 size_t probe_resp_len; 1473 size_t lci_len; 1474 size_t civicloc_len; 1475 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1476 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1477 1478 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1479 const struct ieee80211_ht_operation *ht_oper; 1480 const struct ieee80211_vht_operation *vht_oper; 1481 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1482 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1483 const struct ieee80211_uhr_operation *uhr_oper; 1484 }; 1485 1486 struct mac_address { 1487 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1488 }; 1489 1490 /** 1491 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1492 * 1493 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1494 * entry specified by mac_addr 1495 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1496 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1497 */ 1498 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1499 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1500 int n_acl_entries; 1501 1502 /* Keep it last */ 1503 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1504 }; 1505 1506 /** 1507 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1508 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1509 * 1510 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1511 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1512 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1513 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1514 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1515 * frame headers. 1516 */ 1517 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1518 bool update; 1519 u32 min_interval; 1520 u32 max_interval; 1521 size_t tmpl_len; 1522 const u8 *tmpl; 1523 }; 1524 1525 /** 1526 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1527 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1528 * 1529 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1530 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1531 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1532 * scanning 1533 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1534 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1535 */ 1536 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1537 bool update; 1538 u32 interval; 1539 size_t tmpl_len; 1540 const u8 *tmpl; 1541 }; 1542 1543 /** 1544 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1545 * 1546 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1547 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1548 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1549 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1550 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1551 */ 1552 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1553 bool update; 1554 const u8 *short_head; 1555 const u8 *short_tail; 1556 size_t short_head_len; 1557 size_t short_tail_len; 1558 }; 1559 1560 /** 1561 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1562 * 1563 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1564 * 1565 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1566 * @beacon: beacon data 1567 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1568 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1569 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1570 * user space) 1571 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1572 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1573 * @crypto: crypto settings 1574 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1575 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1576 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1577 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1578 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1579 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1580 * MAC address based access control 1581 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1582 * networks. 1583 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1584 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1585 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1586 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1587 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1588 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1589 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1590 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1591 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1592 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1593 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1594 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1595 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1596 */ 1597 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1598 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1599 1600 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1601 1602 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1603 const u8 *ssid; 1604 size_t ssid_len; 1605 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1606 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1607 bool privacy; 1608 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1609 int inactivity_timeout; 1610 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1611 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1612 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1613 bool pbss; 1614 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1615 1616 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1617 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1618 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1619 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1620 bool twt_responder; 1621 u32 flags; 1622 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1623 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1624 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1625 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1626 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1627 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1628 }; 1629 1630 1631 /** 1632 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1633 * 1634 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1635 * 1636 * @beacon: beacon data 1637 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1638 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1639 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1640 */ 1641 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1642 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1643 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1644 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1645 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1646 }; 1647 1648 /** 1649 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1650 * 1651 * Used for channel switch 1652 * 1653 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1654 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1655 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1656 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1657 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1658 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1659 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1660 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1661 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1662 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1663 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1664 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1665 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1666 */ 1667 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1668 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1669 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1670 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1671 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1672 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1673 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1674 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1675 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1676 bool radar_required; 1677 bool block_tx; 1678 u8 count; 1679 u8 link_id; 1680 }; 1681 1682 /** 1683 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1684 * 1685 * Used for bss color change 1686 * 1687 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1688 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1689 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1690 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1691 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1692 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1693 * @color: the color used after the change 1694 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1695 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1696 */ 1697 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1698 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1699 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1700 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1701 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1702 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1703 u8 count; 1704 u8 color; 1705 u8 link_id; 1706 }; 1707 1708 /** 1709 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1710 * 1711 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1712 * 1713 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1714 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1715 * to use for verification 1716 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1717 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1718 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1719 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1720 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1721 * nl80211_iftype. 1722 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1723 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1724 * the verification 1725 */ 1726 struct iface_combination_params { 1727 int radio_idx; 1728 int num_different_channels; 1729 u8 radar_detect; 1730 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1731 u32 new_beacon_int; 1732 }; 1733 1734 /** 1735 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1736 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1737 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1738 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1739 * 1740 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1741 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1742 */ 1743 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1744 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1745 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1746 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1747 }; 1748 1749 /** 1750 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1751 * 1752 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1753 * 1754 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1755 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1756 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1757 * power per-interface or per-station. 1758 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1759 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1760 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1761 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1762 * per peer TPC. 1763 */ 1764 struct sta_txpwr { 1765 s16 power; 1766 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1767 }; 1768 1769 /** 1770 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1771 * 1772 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1773 * 1774 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1775 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1776 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1777 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1778 * (or NULL for no change) 1779 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1780 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1781 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1782 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1783 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1784 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1785 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1786 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1787 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1788 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1789 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1790 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1791 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1792 * @uhr_capa: UHR capabilities of the station 1793 * @uhr_capa_len: the length of the UHR capabilities 1794 */ 1795 struct link_station_parameters { 1796 const u8 *mld_mac; 1797 int link_id; 1798 const u8 *link_mac; 1799 const u8 *supported_rates; 1800 u8 supported_rates_len; 1801 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1802 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1803 u8 opmode_notif; 1804 bool opmode_notif_used; 1805 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1806 u8 he_capa_len; 1807 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1808 bool txpwr_set; 1809 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1810 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1811 u8 eht_capa_len; 1812 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1813 const struct ieee80211_uhr_cap *uhr_capa; 1814 u8 uhr_capa_len; 1815 }; 1816 1817 /** 1818 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1819 * 1820 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1821 * 1822 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1823 * @link_id: the link id 1824 */ 1825 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1826 const u8 *mld_mac; 1827 u32 link_id; 1828 }; 1829 1830 /** 1831 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1832 * 1833 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1834 * 1835 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1836 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1837 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1838 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1839 */ 1840 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1841 u16 dlink[8]; 1842 u16 ulink[8]; 1843 }; 1844 1845 /** 1846 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1847 * 1848 * Used to change and create a new station. 1849 * 1850 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1851 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1852 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1853 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1854 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1855 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1856 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1857 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1858 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1859 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1860 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1861 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1862 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1863 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1864 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1865 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1866 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1867 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1868 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1869 * to unknown) 1870 * @capability: station capability 1871 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1872 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1873 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1874 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1875 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1876 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1877 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1878 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1879 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1880 * present/updated 1881 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1882 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1883 * @epp_peer: EPP peer indication 1884 * @nmi_mac: MAC address of the NMI station of the NAN peer 1885 */ 1886 struct station_parameters { 1887 struct net_device *vlan; 1888 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1889 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1890 int listen_interval; 1891 u16 aid; 1892 u16 vlan_id; 1893 u16 peer_aid; 1894 u8 plink_action; 1895 u8 plink_state; 1896 u8 uapsd_queues; 1897 u8 max_sp; 1898 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1899 u16 capability; 1900 const u8 *ext_capab; 1901 u8 ext_capab_len; 1902 const u8 *supported_channels; 1903 u8 supported_channels_len; 1904 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1905 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1906 int support_p2p_ps; 1907 u16 airtime_weight; 1908 bool eml_cap_present; 1909 u16 eml_cap; 1910 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1911 bool epp_peer; 1912 const u8 *nmi_mac; 1913 }; 1914 1915 /** 1916 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1917 * 1918 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1919 * 1920 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1921 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1922 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1923 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1924 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1925 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1926 * remove all stations. 1927 */ 1928 struct station_del_parameters { 1929 const u8 *mac; 1930 u8 subtype; 1931 u16 reason_code; 1932 int link_id; 1933 }; 1934 1935 /** 1936 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1937 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1938 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1939 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1940 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1941 * the AP MLME in the device 1942 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1943 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1944 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1945 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1946 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1947 * supported/used) 1948 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1949 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1950 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1951 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1952 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT: NAN management interface station 1953 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA: NAN data path station 1954 */ 1955 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1956 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1957 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1958 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1959 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1960 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1961 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1962 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1963 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1964 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1965 CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT, 1966 CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA, 1967 }; 1968 1969 /** 1970 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1971 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1972 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1973 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1974 * 1975 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1976 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1977 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1978 * 1979 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1980 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1981 * use them before calling this. 1982 */ 1983 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1984 struct station_parameters *params, 1985 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1986 1987 /** 1988 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1989 * 1990 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1991 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1992 * 1993 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1994 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1995 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1996 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1997 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1998 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1999 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 2000 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 2001 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 2002 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS information 2003 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS: UHR ELR MCS was used 2004 * (set together with @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS) 2005 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation 2006 * was used 2007 */ 2008 enum rate_info_flags { 2009 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 2010 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 2011 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 2012 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 2013 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 2014 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 2015 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 2016 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 2017 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 2018 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS = BIT(9), 2019 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS = BIT(10), 2020 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM = BIT(11), 2021 }; 2022 2023 /** 2024 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 2025 * 2026 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 2027 * 2028 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 2029 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 2030 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 2031 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 2032 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 2033 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 2034 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 2035 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 2036 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT/UHR RU allocation 2037 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 2038 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 2039 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 2040 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 2041 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 2042 */ 2043 enum rate_info_bw { 2044 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 2045 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 2046 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 2047 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 2048 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 2049 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 2050 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 2051 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 2052 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 2053 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 2054 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 2055 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 2056 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 2057 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 2058 }; 2059 2060 /** 2061 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 2062 * 2063 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 2064 * 2065 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 2066 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 2067 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G/UHR rate 2068 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 2069 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 2070 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 2071 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 2072 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 2073 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 2074 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 2075 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 2076 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 2077 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 2078 */ 2079 struct rate_info { 2080 u16 flags; 2081 u16 legacy; 2082 u8 mcs; 2083 u8 nss; 2084 u8 bw; 2085 u8 he_gi; 2086 u8 he_dcm; 2087 u8 he_ru_alloc; 2088 u8 n_bonded_ch; 2089 u8 eht_gi; 2090 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 2091 }; 2092 2093 /** 2094 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 2095 * 2096 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 2097 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 2098 * 2099 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 2100 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2101 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2102 */ 2103 enum bss_param_flags { 2104 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2105 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2106 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2107 }; 2108 2109 /** 2110 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 2111 * 2112 * Information about the currently associated BSS 2113 * 2114 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 2115 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 2116 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 2117 */ 2118 struct sta_bss_parameters { 2119 u8 flags; 2120 u8 dtim_period; 2121 u16 beacon_interval; 2122 }; 2123 2124 /** 2125 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 2126 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 2127 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2128 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2129 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2130 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2131 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2132 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2133 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2134 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2135 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2136 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2137 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2138 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2139 */ 2140 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2141 u32 filled; 2142 u32 backlog_bytes; 2143 u32 backlog_packets; 2144 u32 flows; 2145 u32 drops; 2146 u32 ecn_marks; 2147 u32 overlimit; 2148 u32 overmemory; 2149 u32 collisions; 2150 u32 tx_bytes; 2151 u32 tx_packets; 2152 u32 max_flows; 2153 }; 2154 2155 /** 2156 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2157 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2158 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2159 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2160 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2161 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2162 * transmitted MSDUs 2163 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2164 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2165 */ 2166 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2167 u32 filled; 2168 u64 rx_msdu; 2169 u64 tx_msdu; 2170 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2171 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2172 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2173 }; 2174 2175 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2176 2177 /** 2178 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2179 * 2180 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2181 * dump_station(). 2182 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2183 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2184 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2185 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2186 * in milliseconds 2187 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2188 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2189 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2190 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2191 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2192 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2193 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2194 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2195 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2196 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2197 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2198 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2199 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2200 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2201 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2202 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2203 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2204 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2205 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2206 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2207 * towards this station. 2208 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2209 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2210 * from this peer 2211 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2212 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2213 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2214 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2215 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2216 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2217 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2218 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2219 * been sent. 2220 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2221 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2222 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2223 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2224 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2225 */ 2226 struct link_station_info { 2227 u64 filled; 2228 u32 connected_time; 2229 u32 inactive_time; 2230 u64 assoc_at; 2231 u64 rx_bytes; 2232 u64 tx_bytes; 2233 s8 signal; 2234 s8 signal_avg; 2235 2236 u8 chains; 2237 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2238 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2239 2240 struct rate_info txrate; 2241 struct rate_info rxrate; 2242 u32 rx_packets; 2243 u32 tx_packets; 2244 u32 tx_retries; 2245 u32 tx_failed; 2246 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2247 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2248 2249 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2250 2251 u32 expected_throughput; 2252 2253 u64 tx_duration; 2254 u64 rx_duration; 2255 u64 rx_beacon; 2256 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2257 2258 u16 airtime_weight; 2259 2260 s8 ack_signal; 2261 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2262 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2263 2264 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2265 u32 fcs_err_count; 2266 2267 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2268 }; 2269 2270 /** 2271 * struct station_info - station information 2272 * 2273 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2274 * 2275 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2276 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2277 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2278 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2279 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2280 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2281 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2282 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2283 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2284 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2285 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2286 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2287 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2288 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2289 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2290 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2291 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2292 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2293 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2294 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2295 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2296 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2297 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2298 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2299 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2300 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2301 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2302 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2303 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2304 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2305 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2306 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2307 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2308 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2309 * @llid: mesh local link id 2310 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2311 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2312 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2313 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2314 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2315 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2316 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2317 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2318 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2319 * towards this station. 2320 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2321 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2322 * from this peer 2323 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2324 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2325 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2326 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2327 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2328 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2329 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2330 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2331 * been sent. 2332 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2333 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2334 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2335 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2336 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2337 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2338 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2339 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2340 * dump_station() callbacks. 2341 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2342 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2343 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2344 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2345 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2346 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2347 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2348 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2349 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2350 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2351 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2352 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2353 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2354 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2355 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2356 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2357 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2358 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2359 */ 2360 struct station_info { 2361 u64 filled; 2362 u32 connected_time; 2363 u32 inactive_time; 2364 u64 assoc_at; 2365 u64 rx_bytes; 2366 u64 tx_bytes; 2367 s8 signal; 2368 s8 signal_avg; 2369 2370 u8 chains; 2371 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2372 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2373 2374 struct rate_info txrate; 2375 struct rate_info rxrate; 2376 u32 rx_packets; 2377 u32 tx_packets; 2378 u32 tx_retries; 2379 u32 tx_failed; 2380 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2381 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2382 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2383 2384 int generation; 2385 2386 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2387 2388 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2389 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2390 2391 s64 t_offset; 2392 u16 llid; 2393 u16 plid; 2394 u8 plink_state; 2395 u8 connected_to_gate; 2396 u8 connected_to_as; 2397 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2398 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2399 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2400 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2401 2402 u32 expected_throughput; 2403 2404 u16 airtime_weight; 2405 2406 s8 ack_signal; 2407 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2408 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2409 2410 u64 tx_duration; 2411 u64 rx_duration; 2412 u64 rx_beacon; 2413 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2414 2415 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2416 u32 fcs_err_count; 2417 2418 bool mlo_params_valid; 2419 u8 assoc_link_id; 2420 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2421 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2422 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2423 2424 u16 valid_links; 2425 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2426 }; 2427 2428 /** 2429 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2430 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2431 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2432 */ 2433 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2434 s32 power; 2435 u32 freq_range_index; 2436 }; 2437 2438 /** 2439 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2440 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2441 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2442 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2443 */ 2444 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2445 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2446 u32 num_sub_specs; 2447 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2448 }; 2449 2450 2451 /** 2452 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2453 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2454 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2455 */ 2456 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2457 u32 start_freq; 2458 u32 end_freq; 2459 }; 2460 2461 /** 2462 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2463 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2464 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2465 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2466 * 2467 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2468 * range to small ones and then append them. 2469 */ 2470 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2471 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2472 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2473 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2474 }; 2475 2476 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2477 /** 2478 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2479 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2480 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2481 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2482 * 2483 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2484 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2485 * considered undefined. 2486 */ 2487 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2488 struct station_info *sinfo); 2489 #else 2490 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2491 const u8 *mac_addr, 2492 struct station_info *sinfo) 2493 { 2494 return -ENOENT; 2495 } 2496 #endif 2497 2498 /** 2499 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2500 * 2501 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2502 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2503 * 2504 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2505 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2506 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2507 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2508 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2509 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2510 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2511 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2512 */ 2513 enum monitor_flags { 2514 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2515 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2516 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2517 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2518 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2519 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2520 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2521 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2522 }; 2523 2524 /** 2525 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2526 * 2527 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2528 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2529 * 2530 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2531 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2532 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2533 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2534 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2535 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2536 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2537 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2538 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2539 */ 2540 enum mpath_info_flags { 2541 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2542 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2543 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2544 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2545 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2546 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2547 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2548 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2549 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2550 }; 2551 2552 /** 2553 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2554 * 2555 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2556 * 2557 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2558 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2559 * @sn: target sequence number 2560 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2561 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2562 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2563 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2564 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2565 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2566 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2567 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2568 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2569 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2570 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2571 */ 2572 struct mpath_info { 2573 u32 filled; 2574 u32 frame_qlen; 2575 u32 sn; 2576 u32 metric; 2577 u32 exptime; 2578 u32 discovery_timeout; 2579 u8 discovery_retries; 2580 u8 flags; 2581 u8 hop_count; 2582 u32 path_change_count; 2583 2584 int generation; 2585 }; 2586 2587 /** 2588 * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. 2589 * 2590 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. 2591 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. 2592 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. 2593 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. 2594 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. 2595 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. 2596 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. 2597 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. 2598 */ 2599 enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { 2600 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2601 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2602 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2603 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), 2604 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), 2605 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), 2606 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), 2607 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), 2608 }; 2609 2610 /** 2611 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2612 * 2613 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2614 * 2615 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2616 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2617 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2618 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2619 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2620 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2621 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2622 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2623 * (or NULL for no change) 2624 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2625 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2626 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2627 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2628 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2629 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2630 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2631 */ 2632 struct bss_parameters { 2633 int link_id; 2634 int use_cts_prot; 2635 int use_short_preamble; 2636 int use_short_slot_time; 2637 const u8 *basic_rates; 2638 u8 basic_rates_len; 2639 int ap_isolate; 2640 int ht_opmode; 2641 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2642 }; 2643 2644 /** 2645 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2646 * 2647 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2648 * 2649 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2650 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2651 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2652 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2653 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2654 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2655 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2656 * mesh interface 2657 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2658 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2659 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2660 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2661 * elements 2662 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2663 * detect compatible mesh peers 2664 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2665 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2666 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2667 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2668 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2669 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2670 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2671 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2672 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2673 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2674 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2675 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2676 * element 2677 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2678 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2679 * element 2680 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2681 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2682 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2683 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2684 * announcements are transmitted 2685 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2686 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2687 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2688 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2689 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2690 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2691 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2692 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2693 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2694 * station to establish a peer link 2695 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2696 * 2697 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2698 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2699 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2700 * 2701 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2702 * PREQs are transmitted. 2703 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2704 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2705 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2706 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2707 * setting for new peer links. 2708 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2709 * after transmitting its beacon. 2710 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2711 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2712 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2713 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2714 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2715 * in the mesh formation field. 2716 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2717 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2718 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2719 * in the mesh path table 2720 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2721 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2722 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2723 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2724 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2725 */ 2726 struct mesh_config { 2727 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2728 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2729 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2730 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2731 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2732 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2733 u8 element_ttl; 2734 bool auto_open_plinks; 2735 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2736 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2737 u32 path_refresh_time; 2738 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2739 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2740 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2741 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2742 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2743 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2744 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2745 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2746 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2747 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2748 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2749 s32 rssi_threshold; 2750 u16 ht_opmode; 2751 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2752 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2753 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2754 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2755 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2756 u32 plink_timeout; 2757 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2758 }; 2759 2760 /** 2761 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2762 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2763 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2764 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2765 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2766 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2767 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2768 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2769 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2770 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2771 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2772 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2773 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2774 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2775 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2776 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2777 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2778 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2779 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2780 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2781 * to operate on DFS channels. 2782 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2783 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2784 * 2785 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2786 */ 2787 struct mesh_setup { 2788 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2789 const u8 *mesh_id; 2790 u8 mesh_id_len; 2791 u8 sync_method; 2792 u8 path_sel_proto; 2793 u8 path_metric; 2794 u8 auth_id; 2795 const u8 *ie; 2796 u8 ie_len; 2797 bool is_authenticated; 2798 bool is_secure; 2799 bool user_mpm; 2800 u8 dtim_period; 2801 u16 beacon_interval; 2802 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2803 u32 basic_rates; 2804 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2805 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2806 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2807 }; 2808 2809 /** 2810 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2811 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2812 * 2813 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2814 */ 2815 struct ocb_setup { 2816 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2817 }; 2818 2819 /** 2820 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2821 * @ac: AC identifier 2822 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2823 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2824 * 1..32767] 2825 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2826 * 1..32767] 2827 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2828 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2829 */ 2830 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2831 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2832 u16 txop; 2833 u16 cwmin; 2834 u16 cwmax; 2835 u8 aifs; 2836 int link_id; 2837 }; 2838 2839 /** 2840 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2841 * 2842 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2843 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2844 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2845 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2846 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2847 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2848 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2849 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2850 * in the wiphy structure. 2851 * 2852 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2853 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2854 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2855 * 2856 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2857 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2858 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2859 * to userspace. 2860 */ 2861 2862 /** 2863 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2864 * @ssid: the SSID 2865 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2866 */ 2867 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2868 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2869 u8 ssid_len; 2870 }; 2871 2872 /** 2873 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2874 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2875 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2876 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2877 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2878 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2879 * userspace will be notified of that 2880 */ 2881 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2882 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2883 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2884 bool aborted; 2885 }; 2886 2887 /** 2888 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2889 * 2890 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2891 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2892 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2893 * which the above info is relevant to 2894 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2895 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2896 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2897 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2898 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2899 */ 2900 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2901 u32 short_ssid; 2902 u32 channel_idx; 2903 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2904 bool unsolicited_probe; 2905 bool short_ssid_valid; 2906 bool psc_no_listen; 2907 s8 psd_20; 2908 }; 2909 2910 /** 2911 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2912 * 2913 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2914 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2915 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2916 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2917 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2918 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2919 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2920 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2921 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2922 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2923 * %duration field. 2924 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2925 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2926 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2927 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2928 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2929 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2930 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2931 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2932 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2933 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2934 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2935 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2936 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2937 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2938 * channels were requested 2939 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2940 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2941 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2942 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2943 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2944 */ 2945 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2946 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2947 int n_ssids; 2948 u32 n_channels; 2949 const u8 *ie; 2950 size_t ie_len; 2951 u16 duration; 2952 bool duration_mandatory; 2953 u32 flags; 2954 2955 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2956 2957 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2958 2959 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2960 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2961 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2962 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2963 unsigned long scan_start; 2964 bool no_cck; 2965 bool scan_6ghz; 2966 bool first_part; 2967 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2968 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2969 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2970 2971 /* keep last */ 2972 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2973 }; 2974 2975 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2976 { 2977 int i; 2978 2979 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2980 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2981 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2982 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2983 } 2984 } 2985 2986 /** 2987 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2988 * 2989 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2990 * or no match (RSSI only) 2991 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2992 * or no match (RSSI only) 2993 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2994 */ 2995 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2996 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2997 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2998 s32 rssi_thold; 2999 }; 3000 3001 /** 3002 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 3003 * 3004 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 3005 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 3006 * infinite loop. 3007 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 3008 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 3009 */ 3010 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 3011 u32 interval; 3012 u32 iterations; 3013 }; 3014 3015 /** 3016 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 3017 * 3018 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 3019 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 3020 */ 3021 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 3022 enum nl80211_band band; 3023 s8 delta; 3024 }; 3025 3026 /** 3027 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 3028 * 3029 * @reqid: identifies this request. 3030 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 3031 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 3032 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 3033 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 3034 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 3035 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 3036 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 3037 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 3038 * (others are filtered out). 3039 * If omitted, all results are passed. 3040 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 3041 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 3042 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 3043 * @dev: the interface 3044 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 3045 * @channels: channels to scan 3046 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 3047 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 3048 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 3049 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 3050 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3051 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3052 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 3053 * index must be executed first. 3054 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 3055 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 3056 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 3057 * owned by a particular socket) 3058 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 3059 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 3060 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 3061 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 3062 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 3063 * supported. 3064 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 3065 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 3066 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 3067 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 3068 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 3069 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 3070 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 3071 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 3072 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 3073 * comparisons. 3074 */ 3075 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 3076 u64 reqid; 3077 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 3078 int n_ssids; 3079 u32 n_channels; 3080 const u8 *ie; 3081 size_t ie_len; 3082 u32 flags; 3083 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 3084 int n_match_sets; 3085 s32 min_rssi_thold; 3086 u32 delay; 3087 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 3088 int n_scan_plans; 3089 3090 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3091 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3092 3093 bool relative_rssi_set; 3094 s8 relative_rssi; 3095 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 3096 3097 /* internal */ 3098 struct wiphy *wiphy; 3099 struct net_device *dev; 3100 unsigned long scan_start; 3101 bool report_results; 3102 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3103 u32 owner_nlportid; 3104 bool nl_owner_dead; 3105 struct list_head list; 3106 3107 /* keep last */ 3108 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3109 }; 3110 3111 /** 3112 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 3113 * 3114 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 3115 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 3116 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 3117 */ 3118 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 3119 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 3120 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 3121 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 3122 }; 3123 3124 /** 3125 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 3126 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 3127 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 3128 * signal type 3129 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 3130 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 3131 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 3132 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 3133 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 3134 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 3135 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 3136 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 3137 * by %parent_bssid. 3138 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 3139 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 3140 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3141 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3142 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 3143 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 3144 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3145 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3146 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3147 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3148 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3149 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 3150 */ 3151 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3152 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3153 s32 signal; 3154 u64 boottime_ns; 3155 u64 parent_tsf; 3156 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3157 u8 chains; 3158 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3159 3160 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3161 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3162 3163 void *drv_data; 3164 }; 3165 3166 /** 3167 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3168 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3169 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3170 * @len: length of the IEs 3171 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3172 * @data: IE data 3173 */ 3174 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3175 u64 tsf; 3176 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3177 int len; 3178 bool from_beacon; 3179 u8 data[]; 3180 }; 3181 3182 /** 3183 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3184 * 3185 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3186 * for use in scan results and similar. 3187 * 3188 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3189 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3190 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3191 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3192 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3193 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3194 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3195 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3196 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3197 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3198 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3199 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3200 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3201 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3202 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3203 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3204 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3205 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3206 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3207 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3208 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3209 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3210 * (multi-BSSID support) 3211 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3212 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3213 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3214 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3215 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3216 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3217 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3218 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3219 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3220 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3221 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3222 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3223 */ 3224 struct cfg80211_bss { 3225 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3226 3227 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3228 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3229 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3230 3231 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3232 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3233 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3234 3235 s32 signal; 3236 3237 u64 ts_boottime; 3238 3239 u16 beacon_interval; 3240 u16 capability; 3241 3242 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3243 u8 chains; 3244 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3245 3246 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3247 3248 u8 bssid_index; 3249 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3250 3251 u8 use_for; 3252 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3253 3254 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3255 }; 3256 3257 /** 3258 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3259 * @bss: the bss to search 3260 * @id: the element ID 3261 * 3262 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3263 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3264 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3265 */ 3266 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3267 3268 /** 3269 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3270 * @bss: the bss to search 3271 * @id: the element ID 3272 * 3273 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3274 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3275 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3276 */ 3277 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3278 { 3279 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3280 } 3281 3282 3283 /** 3284 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3285 * 3286 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3287 * authentication. 3288 * 3289 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3290 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3291 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3292 * supported by the station. 3293 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3294 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3295 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3296 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3297 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3298 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3299 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3300 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3301 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3302 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3303 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3304 * transaction sequence number field. 3305 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3306 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3307 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3308 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3309 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3310 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3311 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3312 */ 3313 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3314 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3315 const u8 *ie; 3316 size_t ie_len; 3317 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3318 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3319 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3320 const u8 *key; 3321 u8 key_len; 3322 s8 key_idx; 3323 const u8 *auth_data; 3324 size_t auth_data_len; 3325 s8 link_id; 3326 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3327 }; 3328 3329 /** 3330 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3331 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3332 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3333 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3334 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3335 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3336 * operation as a whole must fail. 3337 */ 3338 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3339 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3340 const u8 *elems; 3341 size_t elems_len; 3342 int error; 3343 }; 3344 3345 /** 3346 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3347 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3348 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3349 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3350 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3351 */ 3352 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3353 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3354 u16 rem_links; 3355 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3356 }; 3357 3358 /** 3359 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3360 * 3361 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3362 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3363 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3364 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3365 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3366 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3367 * request (connect callback). 3368 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3369 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3370 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3371 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3372 * flag is not set. 3373 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3374 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR: Disable UHR 3375 */ 3376 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3377 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3378 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3379 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3380 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3381 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3382 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3383 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3384 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3385 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR = BIT(8), 3386 }; 3387 3388 /** 3389 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3390 * 3391 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3392 * (re)association. 3393 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3394 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3395 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3396 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3397 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3398 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3399 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3400 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3401 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3402 * @crypto: crypto settings 3403 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3404 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3405 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3406 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3407 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3408 * frame. 3409 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3410 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3411 * (or %NULL for no change). 3412 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3413 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3414 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3415 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3416 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3417 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3418 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3419 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3420 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3421 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3422 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3423 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3424 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3425 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3426 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3427 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3428 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3429 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3430 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3431 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3432 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3433 * userspace for the association 3434 */ 3435 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3436 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3437 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3438 size_t ie_len; 3439 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3440 bool use_mfp; 3441 u32 flags; 3442 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3443 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3444 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3445 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3446 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3447 const u8 *fils_kek; 3448 size_t fils_kek_len; 3449 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3450 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3451 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3452 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3453 s8 link_id; 3454 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3455 }; 3456 3457 /** 3458 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3459 * 3460 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3461 * deauthentication. 3462 * 3463 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3464 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3465 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3466 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3467 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3468 * do not set a deauth frame 3469 */ 3470 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3471 const u8 *bssid; 3472 const u8 *ie; 3473 size_t ie_len; 3474 u16 reason_code; 3475 bool local_state_change; 3476 }; 3477 3478 /** 3479 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3480 * 3481 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3482 * disassociation. 3483 * 3484 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3485 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3486 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3487 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3488 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3489 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3490 */ 3491 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3492 const u8 *ap_addr; 3493 const u8 *ie; 3494 size_t ie_len; 3495 u16 reason_code; 3496 bool local_state_change; 3497 }; 3498 3499 /** 3500 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3501 * 3502 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3503 * method. 3504 * 3505 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3506 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3507 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3508 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3509 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3510 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3511 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3512 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3513 * @ie_len: length of that 3514 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3515 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3516 * after joining 3517 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3518 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3519 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3520 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3521 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3522 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3523 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3524 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3525 * to operate on DFS channels. 3526 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3527 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3528 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3529 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3530 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3531 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3532 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3533 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3534 */ 3535 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3536 const u8 *ssid; 3537 const u8 *bssid; 3538 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3539 const u8 *ie; 3540 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3541 u16 beacon_interval; 3542 u32 basic_rates; 3543 bool channel_fixed; 3544 bool privacy; 3545 bool control_port; 3546 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3547 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3548 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3549 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3550 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3551 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3552 int wep_tx_key; 3553 }; 3554 3555 /** 3556 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3557 * 3558 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3559 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3560 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3561 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3562 */ 3563 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3564 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3565 union { 3566 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3567 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3568 } param; 3569 }; 3570 3571 /** 3572 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3573 * 3574 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3575 * authentication and association. 3576 * 3577 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3578 * on scan results) 3579 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3580 * %NULL if not specified 3581 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3582 * results) 3583 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3584 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3585 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3586 * to use. 3587 * @ssid: SSID 3588 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3589 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3590 * @ie: IEs for association request 3591 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3592 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3593 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3594 * @crypto: crypto settings 3595 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3596 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3597 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3598 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3599 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3600 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3601 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3602 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3603 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3604 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3605 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3606 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3607 * networks. 3608 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3609 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3610 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3611 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3612 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3613 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3614 * frame. 3615 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3616 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3617 * data IE. 3618 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3619 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3620 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3621 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3622 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3623 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3624 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3625 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3626 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3627 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3628 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3629 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3630 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3631 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3632 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3633 */ 3634 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3635 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3636 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3637 const u8 *bssid; 3638 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3639 const u8 *ssid; 3640 size_t ssid_len; 3641 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3642 const u8 *ie; 3643 size_t ie_len; 3644 bool privacy; 3645 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3646 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3647 const u8 *key; 3648 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3649 u32 flags; 3650 int bg_scan_period; 3651 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3652 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3653 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3654 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3655 bool pbss; 3656 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3657 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3658 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3659 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3660 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3661 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3662 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3663 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3664 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3665 bool want_1x; 3666 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3667 }; 3668 3669 /** 3670 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3671 * 3672 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3673 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3674 * 3675 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3676 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3677 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3678 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3679 */ 3680 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3681 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3682 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3683 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3684 }; 3685 3686 /** 3687 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3688 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3689 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3690 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3691 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3692 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3693 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3694 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3695 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3696 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3697 */ 3698 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3699 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3700 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3701 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3702 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3703 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3704 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3705 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3706 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3707 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3708 }; 3709 3710 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3711 3712 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3713 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3714 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3715 3716 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3717 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3718 3719 /** 3720 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3721 * 3722 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3723 * caching. 3724 * 3725 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3726 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3727 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3728 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3729 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3730 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3731 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3732 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3733 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3734 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3735 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3736 * %NULL). 3737 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3738 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3739 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3740 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3741 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3742 * used for it expires. 3743 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3744 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3745 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3746 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3747 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3748 */ 3749 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3750 const u8 *bssid; 3751 const u8 *pmkid; 3752 const u8 *pmk; 3753 size_t pmk_len; 3754 const u8 *ssid; 3755 size_t ssid_len; 3756 const u8 *cache_id; 3757 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3758 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3759 }; 3760 3761 /** 3762 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3763 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3764 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3765 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3766 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3767 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3768 * 3769 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3770 * memory, free @mask only! 3771 */ 3772 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3773 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3774 int pattern_len; 3775 int pkt_offset; 3776 }; 3777 3778 /** 3779 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3780 * 3781 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3782 * @src: source IP address 3783 * @dst: destination IP address 3784 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3785 * @src_port: source port 3786 * @dst_port: destination port 3787 * @payload_len: data payload length 3788 * @payload: data payload buffer 3789 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3790 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3791 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3792 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3793 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3794 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3795 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3796 */ 3797 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3798 struct socket *sock; 3799 __be32 src, dst; 3800 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3801 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3802 int payload_len; 3803 const u8 *payload; 3804 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3805 u32 data_interval; 3806 u32 wake_len; 3807 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3808 u32 tokens_size; 3809 /* must be last, variable member */ 3810 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3811 }; 3812 3813 /** 3814 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3815 * 3816 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3817 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3818 * operating as normal during suspend 3819 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3820 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3821 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3822 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3823 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3824 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3825 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3826 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3827 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3828 * NULL if not configured. 3829 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3830 */ 3831 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3832 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3833 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3834 rfkill_release; 3835 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3836 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3837 int n_patterns; 3838 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3839 }; 3840 3841 /** 3842 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3843 * 3844 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3845 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3846 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3847 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3848 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3849 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3850 */ 3851 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3852 int delay; 3853 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3854 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3855 int n_patterns; 3856 }; 3857 3858 /** 3859 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3860 * 3861 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3862 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3863 * @n_rules: number of rules 3864 */ 3865 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3866 int n_rules; 3867 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3868 }; 3869 3870 /** 3871 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3872 * 3873 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3874 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3875 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3876 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3877 * occurred (in MHz) 3878 */ 3879 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3880 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3881 int n_channels; 3882 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3883 }; 3884 3885 /** 3886 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3887 * 3888 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3889 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3890 * match information. 3891 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3892 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3893 */ 3894 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3895 int n_matches; 3896 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3897 }; 3898 3899 /** 3900 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3901 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3902 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3903 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3904 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3905 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3906 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3907 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3908 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3909 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3910 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3911 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3912 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3913 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3914 * it is. 3915 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3916 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3917 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3918 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3919 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3920 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3921 */ 3922 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3923 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3924 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3925 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3926 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3927 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3928 s32 pattern_idx; 3929 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3930 const void *packet; 3931 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3932 }; 3933 3934 /** 3935 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3936 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3937 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3938 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3939 * @kek_len: length of kek 3940 * @kck_len: length of kck 3941 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3942 */ 3943 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3944 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3945 u32 akm; 3946 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3947 }; 3948 3949 /** 3950 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3951 * 3952 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3953 * 3954 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3955 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3956 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3957 */ 3958 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3959 u16 md; 3960 const u8 *ie; 3961 size_t ie_len; 3962 }; 3963 3964 /** 3965 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3966 * 3967 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3968 * 3969 * @chan: channel to use 3970 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3971 * @wait: duration for ROC 3972 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3973 * @len: buffer length 3974 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3975 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3976 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3977 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3978 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3979 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3980 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3981 */ 3982 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3983 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3984 bool offchan; 3985 unsigned int wait; 3986 const u8 *buf; 3987 size_t len; 3988 bool no_cck; 3989 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3990 int n_csa_offsets; 3991 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3992 int link_id; 3993 }; 3994 3995 /** 3996 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3997 * 3998 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3999 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 4000 */ 4001 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 4002 u8 dscp; 4003 u8 up; 4004 }; 4005 4006 /** 4007 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 4008 * 4009 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4010 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4011 */ 4012 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 4013 u8 low; 4014 u8 high; 4015 }; 4016 4017 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 4018 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 4019 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 4020 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 4021 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 4022 4023 /** 4024 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 4025 * 4026 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 4027 * 4028 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 4029 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 4030 * the user priority DSCP range definition 4031 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 4032 */ 4033 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 4034 u8 num_des; 4035 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 4036 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 4037 }; 4038 4039 /** 4040 * DOC: Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN) 4041 * 4042 * NAN uses two interface types: 4043 * 4044 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: a non-netdev interface. This has two roles: (1) holds 4045 * the configuration of all NAN activities (DE parameters, synchronisation 4046 * parameters, local schedule, etc.), and (2) uses as the NAN Management 4047 * Interface (NMI), which is used for NAN management communication. 4048 * 4049 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: The NAN Data Interface (NDI), used for data 4050 * communication with NAN peers. 4051 * 4052 * An NDI interface can only be started (IFF_UP) if the NMI one is running and 4053 * NAN is started. Before NAN is stopped, all associated NDI interfaces 4054 * must be stopped first. 4055 * 4056 * The local schedule specifies which channels the device is available on and 4057 * when. Must be cancelled before NAN is stopped. 4058 * 4059 * NAN Stations 4060 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4061 * 4062 * There are two types of stations corresponding to the two interface types: 4063 * 4064 * - NMI station: Represents the NAN peer. Peer-specific data such as the peer's 4065 * schedule and the HT, VHT and HE capabilities belongs to the NMI station. 4066 * Also used for Tx/Rx of NAN management frames to/from the peer. 4067 * Added on the %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN interface. 4068 * 4069 * - NDI station: Used for Tx/Rx of data frames (and non-NAN management frames) 4070 * for a specific NDP established with the NAN peer. Added on the 4071 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA interface. 4072 * 4073 * A peer may reuse its NMI address as the NDI address. In that case, two 4074 * separate stations should be added even though they share the same MAC 4075 * address. 4076 * 4077 * HT, VHT and HE capabilities should not changes after it was set. It is the 4078 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4079 * 4080 * An NDI station can only be added if the corresponding NMI station has already 4081 * been configured with HT (and possibly VHT and HE) capabilities. It is the 4082 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4083 * 4084 * All NDI stations must be removed before corresponding NMI station is removed. 4085 * Therefore, removing a NMI station implies that the associated NDI station(s) 4086 * (if any) will be removed first. 4087 * 4088 * NAN Dependencies 4089 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4090 * 4091 * The following diagram shows the dependencies between NAN components. 4092 * An arrow from A to B means A must be started/added before B, and B must be 4093 * stopped/removed before A: 4094 * 4095 * +-------------+ 4096 * | NMI iface |---(local schedule) 4097 * +------+------+ 4098 * / \ 4099 * v v 4100 * +-----------+ +-------------+ 4101 * | NDI iface | | NMI sta |---(peer schedule) 4102 * +-----+-----+ +------+------+ 4103 * \ / 4104 * v v 4105 * +----------+ 4106 * | NDI sta | 4107 * +----------+ 4108 */ 4109 4110 /** 4111 * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration 4112 * 4113 * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used 4114 * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always 4115 * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according 4116 * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band 4117 * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. 4118 * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm 4119 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4120 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4121 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should 4122 * be greater than -60 dBm. 4123 * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. 4124 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4125 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4126 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be 4127 * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. 4128 * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 4129 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise 4130 * 2^(n-1). 4131 * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster 4132 * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. 4133 */ 4134 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { 4135 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 4136 s8 rssi_close; 4137 s8 rssi_middle; 4138 u8 awake_dw_interval; 4139 bool disable_scan; 4140 }; 4141 4142 /** 4143 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 4144 * 4145 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 4146 * 4147 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 4148 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 4149 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4150 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4151 * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address 4152 * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. 4153 * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. 4154 * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. 4155 * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. 4156 * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window 4157 * notifications. 4158 * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by 4159 * &enum nl80211_band values. 4160 * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. 4161 * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. 4162 * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. 4163 * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. 4164 */ 4165 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 4166 u8 master_pref; 4167 u8 bands; 4168 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4169 u16 scan_period; 4170 u16 scan_dwell_time; 4171 u8 discovery_beacon_interval; 4172 bool enable_dw_notification; 4173 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4174 const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; 4175 u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; 4176 const u8 *vendor_elems; 4177 u16 vendor_elems_len; 4178 }; 4179 4180 #define CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS 32 4181 4182 /** 4183 * struct cfg80211_nan_channel - NAN channel configuration 4184 * 4185 * This struct defines a NAN channel configuration 4186 * 4187 * @chandef: the channel definition 4188 * @channel_entry: pointer to the Channel Entry blob as defined in Wi-Fi Aware 4189 * (TM) 4.0 specification Table 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN 4190 * Availability attribute). 4191 * @rx_nss: number of spatial streams supported on this channel 4192 */ 4193 struct cfg80211_nan_channel { 4194 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4195 const u8 *channel_entry; 4196 u8 rx_nss; 4197 }; 4198 4199 /** 4200 * struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched - NAN local schedule 4201 * 4202 * This struct defines NAN local schedule parameters 4203 * 4204 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in %nan_channels. 4205 * An unscheduled slot will be set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4206 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in %nan_channels. 4207 * @nan_avail_blob: pointer to NAN Availability attribute blob. 4208 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB for more details. 4209 * @nan_avail_blob_len: length of the @nan_avail_blob in bytes. 4210 * @deferred: if true, the command containing this schedule configuration is a 4211 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 4212 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 4213 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 4214 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). 4215 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 4216 * If false, the schedule is applied immediately. 4217 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions that can be scheduled. 4218 */ 4219 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched { 4220 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4221 u8 n_channels; 4222 const u8 *nan_avail_blob; 4223 u16 nan_avail_blob_len; 4224 bool deferred; 4225 struct cfg80211_nan_channel nan_channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 4226 }; 4227 4228 /** 4229 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map - NAN peer schedule map 4230 * 4231 * This struct defines a single NAN peer schedule map 4232 * 4233 * @map_id: map ID of this schedule map 4234 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in the schedule's 4235 * @nan_channels. Each slot lasts 16TUs. An unscheduled slot will be 4236 * set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4237 */ 4238 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map { 4239 u8 map_id; 4240 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4241 }; 4242 4243 #define CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS 2 4244 #define CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID 0xff 4245 4246 /** 4247 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched - NAN peer schedule 4248 * 4249 * This struct defines NAN peer schedule parameters for a peer. 4250 * 4251 * @peer_addr: MAC address of the peer (NMI address) 4252 * @seq_id: sequence ID of the peer schedule. 4253 * @committed_dw: committed DW as published by the peer. 4254 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW 4255 * @max_chan_switch: maximum channel switch time in microseconds as published 4256 * by the peer. See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME. 4257 * @init_ulw: initial ULWs as published by the peer. 4258 * @ulw_size: number of bytes in @init_ulw. 4259 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in @nan_channels. 4260 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions for this schedule. 4261 * @maps: array of peer schedule maps. Unused entries have 4262 * map_id = %CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID. 4263 */ 4264 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched { 4265 const u8 *peer_addr; 4266 u8 seq_id; 4267 u16 committed_dw; 4268 u16 max_chan_switch; 4269 const u8 *init_ulw; 4270 u16 ulw_size; 4271 u8 n_channels; 4272 struct cfg80211_nan_channel *nan_channels; 4273 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map maps[CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS]; 4274 }; 4275 4276 /** 4277 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 4278 * configuration 4279 * 4280 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 4281 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 4282 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. 4283 * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) 4284 * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, 4285 * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their 4286 * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any 4287 * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. 4288 */ 4289 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 4290 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 4291 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 4292 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), 4293 }; 4294 4295 /** 4296 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 4297 * 4298 * @filter: the content of the filter 4299 * @len: the length of the filter 4300 */ 4301 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 4302 const u8 *filter; 4303 u8 len; 4304 }; 4305 4306 /** 4307 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 4308 * 4309 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 4310 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 4311 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 4312 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 4313 * implementation specific. 4314 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 4315 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 4316 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 4317 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 4318 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 4319 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 4320 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 4321 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 4322 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 4323 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 4324 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 4325 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 4326 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 4327 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 4328 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 4329 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 4330 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 4331 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 4332 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 4333 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 4334 */ 4335 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 4336 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 4337 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 4338 u8 publish_type; 4339 bool close_range; 4340 bool publish_bcast; 4341 bool subscribe_active; 4342 u8 followup_id; 4343 u8 followup_reqid; 4344 struct mac_address followup_dest; 4345 u32 ttl; 4346 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 4347 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 4348 bool srf_include; 4349 const u8 *srf_bf; 4350 u8 srf_bf_len; 4351 u8 srf_bf_idx; 4352 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 4353 int srf_num_macs; 4354 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 4355 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 4356 u8 num_tx_filters; 4357 u8 num_rx_filters; 4358 u8 instance_id; 4359 u64 cookie; 4360 }; 4361 4362 /** 4363 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 4364 * 4365 * @aa: authenticator address 4366 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 4367 * @pmk: the PMK material 4368 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 4369 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 4370 * holds PMK-R0. 4371 */ 4372 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 4373 const u8 *aa; 4374 u8 pmk_len; 4375 const u8 *pmk; 4376 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 4377 }; 4378 4379 /** 4380 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4381 * 4382 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4383 * 4384 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4385 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4386 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4387 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4388 * authentication response command interface. 4389 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4390 * authentication response command interface. 4391 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4392 * authentication request event interface. 4393 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4394 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4395 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4396 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4397 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4398 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4399 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4400 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4401 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4402 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4403 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4404 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4405 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4406 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4407 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4408 * chosen for the authentication. 4409 */ 4410 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4411 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4412 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4413 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4414 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4415 u16 status; 4416 const u8 *pmkid; 4417 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4418 }; 4419 4420 /** 4421 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4422 * 4423 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4424 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4425 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4426 * answered 4427 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4428 * successfully answered 4429 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4430 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4431 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4432 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4433 * of how much time the responder was busy 4434 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4435 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4436 * the responder 4437 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4438 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4439 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4440 */ 4441 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4442 u32 filled; 4443 u32 success_num; 4444 u32 partial_num; 4445 u32 failed_num; 4446 u32 asap_num; 4447 u32 non_asap_num; 4448 u64 total_duration_ms; 4449 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4450 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4451 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4452 }; 4453 4454 /** 4455 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4456 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4457 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4458 * reason than just "failure" 4459 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4460 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4461 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4462 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4463 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4464 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4465 * by the responder 4466 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4467 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4468 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4469 * @burst_period: actual burst period negotiated in units of 100ms 4470 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4471 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4472 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4473 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4474 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4475 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4476 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4477 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4478 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4479 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4480 * the square root of the variance) 4481 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4482 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4483 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4484 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4485 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4486 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of tx ltf repetitions 4487 * in NDP frames 4488 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of rx ltf repetitions 4489 * in NDP frames 4490 * @max_time_between_measurements: the negotiated maximum interval (in units of 4491 * 10 ms) by which the ISTA must complete the next measurement cycle. 4492 * @min_time_between_measurements: the negotiated minimum interval (in units of 4493 * 100 us) between two consecutive range measurements initiated by the 4494 * ISTA. 4495 * @num_tx_spatial_streams: number of Tx space-time streams used in the NDP 4496 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4497 * @num_rx_spatial_streams: number of Rx space-time streams used in the NDP 4498 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4499 * @nominal_time: negotiated nominal duration between adjacent availability 4500 * windows in units of milliseconds (u32). 4501 * @availability_window: negotiated availability window time used in this 4502 * session in units of milliseconds (u8). 4503 * @chan_width: band width used for measurement. 4504 * @preamble: preamble used for measurement. 4505 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4506 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4507 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4508 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4509 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4510 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4511 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4512 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4513 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4514 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4515 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4516 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4517 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @tx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4518 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @rx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4519 * @max_time_between_measurements_valid: @max_time_between_measurements is valid 4520 * @min_time_between_measurements_valid: @min_time_between_measurements is valid 4521 * @num_tx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_tx_spatial_streams is valid 4522 * @num_rx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_rx_spatial_streams is valid 4523 * @nominal_time_valid: @nominal_time is valid 4524 * @availability_window_valid: @availability_window is valid 4525 * @chan_width_valid: @chan_width is valid. 4526 * @preamble_valid: @preamble is valid. 4527 * @is_delayed_lmr: indicates if the reported LMR is of the current burst or the 4528 * previous burst, flag. 4529 */ 4530 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4531 const u8 *lci; 4532 const u8 *civicloc; 4533 unsigned int lci_len; 4534 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4535 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4536 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4537 s16 burst_index; 4538 u8 busy_retry_time; 4539 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4540 u8 burst_duration; 4541 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4542 u16 burst_period; 4543 s32 rssi_avg; 4544 s32 rssi_spread; 4545 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4546 s64 rtt_avg; 4547 s64 rtt_variance; 4548 s64 rtt_spread; 4549 s64 dist_avg; 4550 s64 dist_variance; 4551 s64 dist_spread; 4552 u32 tx_ltf_repetition_count; 4553 u32 rx_ltf_repetition_count; 4554 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4555 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4556 u8 num_tx_spatial_streams; 4557 u8 num_rx_spatial_streams; 4558 u32 nominal_time; 4559 u8 availability_window; 4560 enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width; 4561 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4562 4563 u32 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4564 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4565 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4566 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4567 tx_rate_valid:1, 4568 rx_rate_valid:1, 4569 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4570 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4571 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4572 dist_avg_valid:1, 4573 dist_variance_valid:1, 4574 dist_spread_valid:1, 4575 tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4576 rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4577 max_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4578 min_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4579 num_tx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4580 num_rx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4581 nominal_time_valid:1, 4582 availability_window_valid:1, 4583 chan_width_valid:1, 4584 preamble_valid:1, 4585 is_delayed_lmr:1; 4586 }; 4587 4588 /** 4589 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4590 * @addr: address of the peer 4591 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4592 * measurement was made) 4593 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4594 * @status: status of the measurement 4595 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4596 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4597 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4598 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4599 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4600 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4601 * @ftm: FTM result 4602 */ 4603 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4604 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4605 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4606 4607 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4608 4609 u8 final:1, 4610 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4611 4612 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4613 4614 union { 4615 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4616 }; 4617 }; 4618 4619 /** 4620 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4621 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4622 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4623 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4624 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4625 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4626 * @burst_duration: burst duration. If @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is 4627 * set, this is the burst duration in milliseconds, and zero means the 4628 * device should pick an appropriate value based on @ftms_per_burst. 4629 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst. If set to 0, the firmware or 4630 * driver can automatically select an appropriate value. 4631 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4632 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4633 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4634 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4635 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4636 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4637 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4638 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4639 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4640 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4641 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4642 * @rsta: Operate as the RSTA in the measurement. Only valid if @lmr_feedback 4643 * and either @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4644 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4645 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4646 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4647 * @request_type: ranging request type, one of 4648 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type. Defaults to 4649 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA if not specified. 4650 * @min_time_between_measurements: minimum time between two consecutive range 4651 * measurements in units of 100 microseconds, for non-trigger based 4652 * ranging. Should be set as short as possible to minimize turnaround 4653 * time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR requires two measurements. 4654 * Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4655 * @max_time_between_measurements: maximum time between two consecutive range 4656 * measurements in units of 10 milliseconds, for non-trigger based 4657 * ranging. Acts as a session timeout; if exceeded, the ranging session 4658 * should be terminated. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4659 * @availability_window: duration of the availability window (AW) in units of 4660 * 1 millisecond (0-255 ms). Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4661 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4662 * appropriate value. 4663 * @nominal_time: Nominal duration between adjacent availability windows 4664 * in units of milli seconds. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4665 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4666 * appropriate value. 4667 * @num_measurements: number of Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule 4668 * for non-trigger-based ranging. Each AW may contain multiple FTM 4669 * exchanges as configured by @ftms_per_burst. Only valid if 4670 * @non_trigger_based is set. If set to 0, the firmware or driver 4671 * can automatically select an appropriate value. 4672 * @ingress_distance: optional ingress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4673 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4674 * moves into this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4675 * index basis in this case. 4676 * @egress_distance: optional egress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4677 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4678 * moves out of this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4679 * index basis in this case. 4680 * If neither or only one of @ingress_distance and @egress_distance 4681 * is set, only the specified threshold is used. If both are set, both 4682 * thresholds are applied. If neither is set, results are reported without 4683 * threshold filtering. 4684 * @pd_suppress_range_results: flag to suppress ranging results for PD 4685 * requests. When set, the device performs ranging measurements to 4686 * provide ranging services to a peer (e.g. in RSTA role) but does 4687 * not report the measurement results to userspace. Only valid when 4688 * @request_type is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD. 4689 * 4690 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4691 */ 4692 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4693 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4694 u16 burst_period; 4695 u8 requested:1, 4696 asap:1, 4697 request_lci:1, 4698 request_civicloc:1, 4699 trigger_based:1, 4700 non_trigger_based:1, 4701 lmr_feedback:1, 4702 rsta:1; 4703 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4704 u8 burst_duration; 4705 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4706 u8 ftmr_retries; 4707 u8 bss_color; 4708 4709 u32 request_type; 4710 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4711 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4712 u8 availability_window; 4713 u32 nominal_time; 4714 u32 num_measurements; 4715 u64 ingress_distance; 4716 u64 egress_distance; 4717 u8 pd_suppress_range_results:1; 4718 }; 4719 4720 /** 4721 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4722 * @addr: MAC address 4723 * @chandef: channel to use 4724 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4725 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4726 */ 4727 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4728 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4729 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4730 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4731 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4732 }; 4733 4734 /** 4735 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4736 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4737 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4738 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4739 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4740 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4741 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4742 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4743 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4744 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4745 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4746 * zero it means there's no timeout 4747 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4748 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4749 */ 4750 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4751 u64 cookie; 4752 void *drv_data; 4753 u32 n_peers; 4754 u32 nl_portid; 4755 4756 u32 timeout; 4757 4758 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4759 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4760 4761 struct list_head list; 4762 4763 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4764 }; 4765 4766 /** 4767 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4768 * 4769 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4770 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4771 * 4772 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4773 * 4774 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4775 * has to be done. 4776 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4777 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4778 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4779 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4780 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4781 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4782 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4783 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4784 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4785 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4786 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4787 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4788 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4789 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4790 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4791 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4792 */ 4793 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4794 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4795 u16 status; 4796 const u8 *ie; 4797 size_t ie_len; 4798 int assoc_link_id; 4799 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4800 }; 4801 4802 /** 4803 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4804 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4805 * for the entire device 4806 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4807 * for the given interface 4808 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4809 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4810 * for these subtypes 4811 */ 4812 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4813 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4814 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4815 }; 4816 4817 /** 4818 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4819 * 4820 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4821 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4822 * 4823 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4824 * on success or a negative error code. 4825 * 4826 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4827 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4828 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4829 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4830 * 4831 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4832 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4833 * configured for the device. 4834 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4835 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4836 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4837 * the device. 4838 * 4839 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4840 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4841 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4842 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4843 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4844 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4845 * 4846 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4847 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4848 * 4849 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4850 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4851 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4852 * 4853 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4854 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4855 * address is available. 4856 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4857 * 4858 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4859 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4860 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4861 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4862 * 4863 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4864 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4865 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4866 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4867 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4868 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4869 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4870 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4871 * 4872 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4873 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4874 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4875 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4876 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4877 * 4878 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4879 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4880 * 4881 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4882 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4883 * 4884 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4885 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4886 * 4887 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4888 * 4889 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4890 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4891 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4892 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4893 * 4894 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4895 * @del_station: Remove a station 4896 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4897 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4898 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4899 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4900 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4901 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4902 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4903 * 4904 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4905 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4906 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4907 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4908 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4909 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4910 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4911 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4912 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4913 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4914 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4915 * 4916 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4917 * 4918 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4919 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4920 * set, and which to leave alone. 4921 * 4922 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4923 * 4924 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4925 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4926 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4927 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4928 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4929 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4930 * 4931 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4932 * 4933 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4934 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4935 * join the mesh instead. 4936 * 4937 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4938 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4939 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4940 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4941 * 4942 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4943 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4944 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4945 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4946 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4947 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4948 * 4949 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4950 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4951 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4952 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4953 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4954 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4955 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4956 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4957 * 4958 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4959 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4960 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4961 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4962 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4963 * was received. 4964 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4965 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4966 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4967 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4968 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4969 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4970 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4971 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4972 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4973 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4974 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4975 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4976 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4977 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4978 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4979 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4980 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4981 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4982 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4983 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4984 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4985 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4986 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4987 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4988 * 4989 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4990 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4991 * to a merge. 4992 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4993 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4994 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4995 * 4996 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4997 * MESH mode) 4998 * 4999 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 5000 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 5001 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 5002 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 5003 * 5004 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 5005 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 5006 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 5007 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 5008 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 5009 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 5010 * return 0 if successful 5011 * 5012 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 5013 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 5014 * 5015 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 5016 * 5017 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 5018 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 5019 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 5020 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 5021 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 5022 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 5023 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 5024 * the duration value. 5025 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 5026 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 5027 * frame on another channel 5028 * 5029 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 5030 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 5031 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 5032 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 5033 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 5034 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 5035 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 5036 * 5037 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 5038 * 5039 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 5040 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 5041 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 5042 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 5043 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 5044 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 5045 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 5046 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 5047 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 5048 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 5049 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 5050 * disabled.) 5051 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 5052 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 5053 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 5054 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 5055 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 5056 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 5057 * thresholds. 5058 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 5059 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 5060 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 5061 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 5062 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 5063 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 5064 * stop (when this method returns 0). 5065 * 5066 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 5067 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 5068 * 5069 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 5070 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 5071 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 5072 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 5073 * 5074 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 5075 * 5076 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 5077 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 5078 * 5079 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 5080 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 5081 * 5082 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 5083 * 5084 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 5085 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 5086 * current monitoring channel. 5087 * 5088 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 5089 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 5090 * 5091 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 5092 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 5093 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 5094 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 5095 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 5096 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 5097 * 5098 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 5099 * 5100 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 5101 * was finished on another phy. 5102 * 5103 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 5104 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 5105 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 5106 * 5107 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 5108 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 5109 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 5110 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 5111 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 5112 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 5113 * 5114 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 5115 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 5116 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 5117 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 5118 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 5119 * as soon as possible. 5120 * 5121 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 5122 * 5123 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 5124 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 5125 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 5126 * 5127 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 5128 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 5129 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 5130 * account. 5131 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 5132 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 5133 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 5134 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 5135 * rejected) 5136 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 5137 * 5138 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 5139 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5140 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 5141 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5142 * 5143 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 5144 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 5145 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 5146 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 5147 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 5148 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 5149 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 5150 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 5151 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 5152 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 5153 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 5154 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 5155 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 5156 * provided @nan_func. 5157 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 5158 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 5159 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 5160 * All other parameters must be ignored. 5161 * @nan_set_local_sched: configure the local schedule for NAN. The schedule 5162 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5163 * in which each entry maps each time slot to the channel on which the 5164 * radio should operate on. If the chandef of a NAN channel is not 5165 * changed, the channel entry must also remain unchanged. It is the 5166 * driver's responsibility to verify this. 5167 * @nan_set_peer_sched: configure the peer schedule for NAN. The schedule 5168 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5169 * in which each entry maps each time slot to a channel on which the 5170 * radio should operate on. In addition, it contains more peer's schedule 5171 * information such as committed DW, etc. When updating an existing peer 5172 * schedule, the full new schedule is provided - partial updates are not 5173 * supported, and the new schedule completely replaces the previous one. 5174 * 5175 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 5176 * 5177 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 5178 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 5179 * 5180 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 5181 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 5182 * upon which the driver should clear it. 5183 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5184 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 5185 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5186 * 5187 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 5188 * user space 5189 * 5190 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 5191 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 5192 * 5193 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 5194 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 5195 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 5196 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 5197 * 5198 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 5199 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 5200 * DH IE through this interface. 5201 * 5202 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 5203 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 5204 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 5205 * This callback may sleep. 5206 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 5207 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 5208 * 5209 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 5210 * 5211 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 5212 * 5213 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 5214 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 5215 * Response frame. 5216 * 5217 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 5218 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 5219 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 5220 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 5221 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 5222 * radar channel. 5223 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 5224 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 5225 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 5226 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 5227 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 5228 * 5229 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 5230 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 5231 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 5232 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 5233 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 5234 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 5235 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 5236 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 5237 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 5238 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 5239 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 5240 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 5241 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 5242 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 5243 * 5244 * @start_pd: Start the PD interface. 5245 * @stop_pd: Stop the PD interface. 5246 */ 5247 struct cfg80211_ops { 5248 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 5249 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5250 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 5251 5252 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5253 const char *name, 5254 unsigned char name_assign_type, 5255 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5256 struct vif_params *params); 5257 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5258 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5259 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5260 struct net_device *dev, 5261 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5262 struct vif_params *params); 5263 5264 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5265 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5266 unsigned int link_id); 5267 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5268 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5269 unsigned int link_id); 5270 5271 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5272 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5273 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 5274 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5275 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5276 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 5277 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 5278 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5279 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5280 const u8 *mac_addr); 5281 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5282 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 5283 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 5284 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5285 struct wireless_dev *wdev, int link_id, 5286 u8 key_index); 5287 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5288 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5289 int link_id, 5290 u8 key_index); 5291 5292 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5293 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 5294 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5295 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 5296 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5297 unsigned int link_id); 5298 5299 5300 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5301 const u8 *mac, 5302 struct station_parameters *params); 5303 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5304 struct station_del_parameters *params); 5305 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5306 const u8 *mac, 5307 struct station_parameters *params); 5308 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5309 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5310 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5311 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5312 5313 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5314 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5315 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5316 const u8 *dst); 5317 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5318 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5319 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5320 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5321 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5322 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 5323 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5324 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5325 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5326 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5327 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 5328 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5329 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5330 struct net_device *dev, 5331 struct mesh_config *conf); 5332 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5333 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 5334 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 5335 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5336 const struct mesh_config *conf, 5337 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 5338 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5339 5340 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5341 struct ocb_setup *setup); 5342 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5343 5344 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5345 struct bss_parameters *params); 5346 5347 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5348 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 5349 5350 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5351 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 5352 5353 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5354 struct net_device *dev, 5355 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5356 5357 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5358 struct net_device *dev, 5359 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5360 5361 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5362 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 5363 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5364 5365 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5366 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 5367 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5368 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 5369 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5370 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 5371 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5372 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 5373 5374 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5375 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 5376 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5377 struct net_device *dev, 5378 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 5379 u32 changed); 5380 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5381 u16 reason_code); 5382 5383 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5384 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 5385 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5386 5387 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5388 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 5389 5390 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5391 u32 changed); 5392 5393 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5394 int radio_idx, 5395 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 5396 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5397 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 5398 5399 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5400 5401 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 5402 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5403 void *data, int len); 5404 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 5405 struct netlink_callback *cb, 5406 void *data, int len); 5407 #endif 5408 5409 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5410 struct net_device *dev, 5411 unsigned int link_id, 5412 const u8 *peer, 5413 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 5414 5415 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5416 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 5417 5418 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5419 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5420 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5421 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5422 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 5423 5424 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5425 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5426 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 5427 unsigned int duration, 5428 u64 *cookie, const u8 *rx_addr); 5429 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5430 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5431 u64 cookie); 5432 5433 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5434 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 5435 u64 *cookie); 5436 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5437 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5438 u64 cookie); 5439 5440 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5441 bool enabled, int timeout); 5442 5443 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5444 struct net_device *dev, 5445 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 5446 5447 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5448 struct net_device *dev, 5449 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 5450 5451 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5452 struct net_device *dev, 5453 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 5454 5455 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5456 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5457 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 5458 5459 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5460 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 5461 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5462 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 5463 5464 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5465 struct net_device *dev, 5466 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 5467 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5468 u64 reqid); 5469 5470 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5471 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 5472 5473 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5474 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 5475 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 5476 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 5477 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5478 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5479 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 5480 5481 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5482 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 5483 5484 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5485 struct net_device *dev, 5486 u16 noack_map); 5487 5488 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5489 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5490 unsigned int link_id, 5491 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5492 5493 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5494 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5495 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5496 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5497 5498 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5499 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 5500 5501 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5502 struct net_device *dev, 5503 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5504 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 5505 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5506 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5507 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5508 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5509 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5510 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5511 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5512 u16 duration); 5513 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5514 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5515 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5516 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5517 5518 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5519 struct net_device *dev, 5520 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5521 5522 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5523 struct net_device *dev, 5524 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5525 5526 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5527 unsigned int link_id, 5528 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5529 5530 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5531 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5532 u16 admitted_time); 5533 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5534 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5535 5536 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5537 struct net_device *dev, 5538 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5539 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5540 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5541 struct net_device *dev, 5542 const u8 *addr); 5543 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5544 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5545 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5546 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5547 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5548 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5549 u64 cookie); 5550 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5551 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5552 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5553 u32 changes); 5554 int (*nan_set_local_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5555 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5556 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched *sched); 5557 int (*nan_set_peer_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5558 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5559 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched *sched); 5560 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5561 struct net_device *dev, 5562 const bool enabled); 5563 5564 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5565 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5566 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5567 5568 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5569 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5570 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5571 const u8 *aa); 5572 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5573 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5574 5575 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5576 struct net_device *dev, 5577 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5578 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5579 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5580 u64 *cookie); 5581 5582 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5583 struct net_device *dev, 5584 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5585 5586 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5587 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5588 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5589 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5590 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5591 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5592 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5593 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5594 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5595 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5596 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5597 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5598 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5599 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5600 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5601 struct net_device *dev, 5602 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5603 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5604 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5605 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5606 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5607 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5608 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5609 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5610 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5611 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5612 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5613 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5614 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5615 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5616 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5617 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5618 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5619 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5620 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5621 bool val); 5622 int (*start_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5623 void (*stop_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5624 }; 5625 5626 /* 5627 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5628 * and registration/helper functions 5629 */ 5630 5631 /** 5632 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5633 * 5634 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5635 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5636 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5637 * wiphy at all 5638 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5639 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5640 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5641 * reason to override the default 5642 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5643 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5644 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5645 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5646 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5647 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5648 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5649 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5650 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5651 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5652 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5653 * firmware. 5654 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5655 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5656 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5657 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5658 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5659 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5660 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5661 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5662 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5663 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5664 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5665 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5666 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5667 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5668 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5669 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5670 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5671 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5672 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5673 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5674 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5675 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5676 * should set this flag for now. 5677 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5678 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5679 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5680 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5681 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5682 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5683 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5684 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5685 */ 5686 enum wiphy_flags { 5687 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5688 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5689 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5690 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5691 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5692 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5693 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5694 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5695 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5696 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5697 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5698 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5699 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5700 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5701 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5702 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5703 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5704 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5705 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5706 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5707 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5708 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5709 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5710 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5711 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5712 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5713 }; 5714 5715 /** 5716 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5717 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5718 * @types: interface types (bits) 5719 */ 5720 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5721 u16 max; 5722 u16 types; 5723 }; 5724 5725 /** 5726 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5727 * 5728 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5729 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5730 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5731 * that radio. 5732 * 5733 * Examples: 5734 * 5735 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5736 * 5737 * .. code-block:: c 5738 * 5739 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5740 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5741 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5742 * }; 5743 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5744 * .limits = limits1, 5745 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5746 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5747 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5748 * }; 5749 * 5750 * 5751 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5752 * 5753 * .. code-block:: c 5754 * 5755 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5756 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5757 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5758 * }; 5759 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5760 * .limits = limits2, 5761 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5762 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5763 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5764 * }; 5765 * 5766 * 5767 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5768 * 5769 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5770 * 5771 * .. code-block:: c 5772 * 5773 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5774 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5775 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5776 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5777 * }; 5778 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5779 * .limits = limits3, 5780 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5781 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5782 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5783 * }; 5784 * 5785 */ 5786 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5787 /** 5788 * @limits: 5789 * limits for the given interface types 5790 */ 5791 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5792 5793 /** 5794 * @num_different_channels: 5795 * can use up to this many different channels 5796 */ 5797 u32 num_different_channels; 5798 5799 /** 5800 * @max_interfaces: 5801 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5802 */ 5803 u16 max_interfaces; 5804 5805 /** 5806 * @n_limits: 5807 * number of limitations 5808 */ 5809 u8 n_limits; 5810 5811 /** 5812 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5813 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5814 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5815 */ 5816 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5817 5818 /** 5819 * @radar_detect_widths: 5820 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5821 */ 5822 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5823 5824 /** 5825 * @radar_detect_regions: 5826 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5827 */ 5828 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5829 5830 /** 5831 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5832 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5833 * 5834 * = 0 5835 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5836 * > 0 5837 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5838 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5839 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5840 */ 5841 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5842 }; 5843 5844 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5845 u16 tx, rx; 5846 }; 5847 5848 /** 5849 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5850 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5851 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5852 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5853 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5854 * packet should be preserved in that case 5855 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5856 * (see nl80211.h) 5857 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5858 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5859 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5860 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5861 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5862 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5863 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5864 */ 5865 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5866 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5867 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5868 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5869 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5870 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5871 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5872 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5873 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5874 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5875 }; 5876 5877 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5878 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5879 u32 data_payload_max; 5880 u32 data_interval_max; 5881 u32 wake_payload_max; 5882 bool seq; 5883 }; 5884 5885 /** 5886 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5887 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5888 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5889 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5890 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5891 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5892 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5893 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5894 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5895 * scheduled scans. 5896 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5897 * details. 5898 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5899 */ 5900 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5901 u32 flags; 5902 int n_patterns; 5903 int pattern_max_len; 5904 int pattern_min_len; 5905 int max_pkt_offset; 5906 int max_nd_match_sets; 5907 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5908 }; 5909 5910 /** 5911 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5912 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5913 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5914 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5915 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5916 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5917 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5918 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5919 */ 5920 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5921 int n_rules; 5922 int max_delay; 5923 int n_patterns; 5924 int pattern_max_len; 5925 int pattern_min_len; 5926 int max_pkt_offset; 5927 }; 5928 5929 /** 5930 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5931 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5932 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5933 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5934 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5935 */ 5936 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5937 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5938 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5939 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5940 }; 5941 5942 /** 5943 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5944 * 5945 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5946 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5947 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5948 * 5949 */ 5950 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5951 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5952 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5953 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5954 }; 5955 5956 /** 5957 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5958 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5959 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5960 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5961 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5962 */ 5963 5964 struct sta_opmode_info { 5965 u32 changed; 5966 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5967 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5968 u8 rx_nss; 5969 }; 5970 5971 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5972 5973 /** 5974 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5975 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5976 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5977 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5978 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5979 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5980 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5981 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5982 * dumpit calls. 5983 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5984 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5985 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5986 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5987 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5988 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5989 * are used with dump requests. 5990 */ 5991 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5992 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5993 u32 flags; 5994 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5995 const void *data, int data_len); 5996 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5997 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5998 unsigned long *storage); 5999 const struct nla_policy *policy; 6000 unsigned int maxattr; 6001 }; 6002 6003 /** 6004 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 6005 * @iftype: interface type 6006 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6007 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 6008 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 6009 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 6010 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 6011 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6012 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6013 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 6014 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6015 * @ext_mld_capa_and_ops: Extended MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6016 */ 6017 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 6018 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6019 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 6020 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 6021 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6022 u16 eml_capabilities; 6023 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 6024 u16 ext_mld_capa_and_ops; 6025 }; 6026 6027 /** 6028 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 6029 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 6030 * @type: the interface type to look up 6031 * 6032 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 6033 */ 6034 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 6035 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 6036 6037 /** 6038 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 6039 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 6040 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 6041 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 6042 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 6043 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 6044 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 6045 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 6046 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 6047 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 6048 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6049 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6050 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 6051 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 6052 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 6053 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 6054 * not limited) 6055 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6056 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6057 * @ftm.support_6ghz: supports ranging in 6 GHz band 6058 * @ftm.max_tx_ltf_rep: maximum number of TX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6059 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6060 * @ftm.max_rx_ltf_rep: maximum number of RX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6061 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6062 * @ftm.max_tx_sts: maximum number of TX STS supported (zero based) 6063 * @ftm.max_rx_sts: maximum number of RX STS supported (zero based) 6064 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_tx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be transmitted 6065 * (0 means unknown) 6066 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_rx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be received 6067 * (0 means unknown) 6068 * @ftm.ista: initiator role capabilities 6069 * @ftm.ista.support_ntb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6070 * NTB ranging. 6071 * @ftm.ista.support_tb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6072 * TB ranging. 6073 * @ftm.ista.support_edca: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6074 * EDCA based ranging. 6075 * @ftm.ista.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the ISTA role. 6076 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6077 * @ftm.rsta: responder role capabilities 6078 * @ftm.rsta.support_ntb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6079 * NTB ranging. 6080 * @ftm.rsta.support_tb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6081 * TB ranging. 6082 * @ftm.rsta.support_edca: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6083 * EDCA based ranging. 6084 * @ftm.rsta.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the RSTA role. 6085 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6086 * @ftm.max_no_of_tx_antennas: maximum number of transmit antennas supported for 6087 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6088 * @ftm.max_no_of_rx_antennas: maximum number of receive antennas supported for 6089 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6090 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca: Minimum EDCA ranging 6091 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6092 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6093 * given in the FTM request for the EDCA based ranging case. If 6094 * non-zero, this value will be used to validate the burst period in 6095 * the FTM request. 6096 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb: Minimum NTB ranging 6097 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6098 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6099 * given in the FTM request for the NTB ranging case. If non-zero, 6100 * this value will be used to validate the nominal time in the FTM 6101 * request. 6102 * @ftm.type: ranging type capabilities 6103 * @ftm.type.infra_support: supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or 6104 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection 6105 * @ftm.type.pd_support: supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the 6106 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where 6107 * PD stands for proximity detection 6108 * @ftm.concurrent_ista_rsta_support: indicates if the device can 6109 * simultaneously act as initiator and responder in a multi-peer 6110 * measurement request. Only valid if @ftm.rsta_support is set. 6111 * @ftm.pd_preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6112 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6113 * @ftm.pd_bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6114 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6115 */ 6116 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 6117 unsigned int max_peers; 6118 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 6119 randomize_mac_addr:1; 6120 6121 struct { 6122 u32 preambles; 6123 u32 bandwidths; 6124 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 6125 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 6126 u8 supported:1, 6127 asap:1, 6128 non_asap:1, 6129 request_lci:1, 6130 request_civicloc:1, 6131 trigger_based:1, 6132 non_trigger_based:1, 6133 support_6ghz:1; 6134 u8 max_tx_ltf_rep; 6135 u8 max_rx_ltf_rep; 6136 u8 max_tx_sts; 6137 u8 max_rx_sts; 6138 u8 max_total_ltf_tx; 6139 u8 max_total_ltf_rx; 6140 struct { 6141 u8 support_ntb:1, 6142 support_tb:1, 6143 support_edca:1; 6144 u32 max_peers; 6145 } ista; 6146 struct { 6147 u8 support_ntb:1, 6148 support_tb:1, 6149 support_edca:1; 6150 u32 max_peers; 6151 } rsta; 6152 u8 max_no_of_tx_antennas; 6153 u8 max_no_of_rx_antennas; 6154 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca; 6155 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb; 6156 struct { 6157 u8 infra_support:1, 6158 pd_support:1; 6159 } type; 6160 u8 concurrent_ista_rsta_support:1; 6161 u32 pd_preambles; 6162 u32 pd_bandwidths; 6163 } ftm; 6164 }; 6165 6166 /** 6167 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 6168 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 6169 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 6170 * 6171 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 6172 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 6173 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6174 */ 6175 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 6176 u16 iftypes_mask; 6177 const u32 *akm_suites; 6178 int n_akm_suites; 6179 }; 6180 6181 /** 6182 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 6183 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 6184 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 6185 * 6186 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 6187 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 6188 * @radio_debugfsdir: Pointer to debugfs directory containing the radio- 6189 * specific parameters. 6190 * NULL (default) = Debugfs directory not created 6191 */ 6192 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 6193 u32 rts_threshold; 6194 struct dentry *radio_debugfsdir; 6195 }; 6196 6197 /** 6198 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 6199 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 6200 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 6201 */ 6202 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 6203 u32 start_freq; 6204 u32 end_freq; 6205 }; 6206 6207 6208 /** 6209 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 6210 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 6211 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 6212 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 6213 * 6214 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 6215 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 6216 * 6217 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6218 * list single interface types. 6219 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6220 * 6221 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 6222 */ 6223 struct wiphy_radio { 6224 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 6225 int n_freq_range; 6226 6227 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6228 int n_iface_combinations; 6229 6230 u32 antenna_mask; 6231 }; 6232 6233 /** 6234 * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities 6235 * 6236 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable 6237 * synchronization. 6238 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. 6239 */ 6240 enum wiphy_nan_flags { 6241 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), 6242 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), 6243 }; 6244 6245 /** 6246 * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities 6247 * 6248 * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. 6249 * 6250 * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags 6251 * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification 6252 * Table 81. 6253 * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower 6254 * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the 6255 * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not 6256 * available. 6257 * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in microseconds. 6258 * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 6259 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 6260 * @phy: Band-agnostic capabilities for NAN data interfaces. Since NAN 6261 * operates on multiple channels simultaneously, these capabilities apply 6262 * across all bands. Valid only if NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA is supported. 6263 * @phy.ht: HT capabilities (mandatory for NAN data) 6264 * @phy.vht: VHT capabilities (optional) 6265 * @phy.he: HE capabilities (optional) 6266 */ 6267 struct wiphy_nan_capa { 6268 u32 flags; 6269 u8 op_mode; 6270 u8 n_antennas; 6271 u16 max_channel_switch_time; 6272 u8 dev_capabilities; 6273 struct { 6274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht; 6275 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht; 6276 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he; 6277 } phy; 6278 }; 6279 6280 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 6281 6282 /** 6283 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 6284 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 6285 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 6286 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 6287 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 6288 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 6289 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 6290 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 6291 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 6292 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 6293 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 6294 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 6295 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 6296 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 6297 * iftype_akm_suites. 6298 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6299 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 6300 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 6301 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 6302 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 6303 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 6304 * suites are specified separately. 6305 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 6306 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 6307 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 6308 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 6309 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 6310 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 6311 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 6312 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 6313 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 6314 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 6315 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 6316 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 6317 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 6318 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 6319 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 6320 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 6321 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 6322 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 6323 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 6324 * unregister hardware 6325 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 6326 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 6327 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 6328 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 6329 * (see below). 6330 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 6331 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 6332 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 6333 * must be set by driver 6334 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6335 * list single interface types. 6336 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6337 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 6338 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 6339 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 6340 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 6341 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 6342 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 6343 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 6344 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 6345 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 6346 * this variable determines its size 6347 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 6348 * any given scan 6349 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 6350 * the device can run concurrently. 6351 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 6352 * for in any given scheduled scan 6353 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 6354 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 6355 * supported. 6356 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 6357 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 6358 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 6359 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 6360 * scans 6361 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 6362 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 6363 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 6364 * single scan plan supported by the device. 6365 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 6366 * scan plan supported by the device. 6367 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 6368 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 6369 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 6370 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 6371 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 6372 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 6373 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 6374 * 6375 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 6376 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 6377 * type 6378 * 6379 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6380 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6381 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 6382 * 6383 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6384 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6385 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 6386 * 6387 * @probe_resp_offload: 6388 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 6389 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 6390 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 6391 * 6392 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 6393 * may request, if implemented. 6394 * 6395 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 6396 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 6397 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 6398 * to the suspend() operation instead. 6399 * 6400 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 6401 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 6402 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6403 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 6404 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6405 * 6406 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 6407 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 6408 * 6409 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 6410 * supports for ACL. 6411 * 6412 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6413 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 6414 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 6415 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 6416 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 6417 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 6418 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 6419 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6420 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6421 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 6422 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 6423 * capabilities are specified separately. 6424 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 6425 * 6426 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 6427 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 6428 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 6429 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 6430 * 6431 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 6432 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 6433 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 6434 * some cases, but may not always reach. 6435 * 6436 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 6437 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 6438 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 6439 * infinite. 6440 * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in 6441 * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the 6442 * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum 6443 * wiphy_bss_param_flags. 6444 * 6445 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 6446 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 6447 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 6448 * 6449 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 6450 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 6451 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 6452 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 6453 * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities 6454 * 6455 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 6456 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 6457 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 6458 * 6459 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 6460 * wake_tx_queue 6461 * 6462 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 6463 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 6464 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 6465 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 6466 * 6467 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 6468 * 6469 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 6470 * device has 6471 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6472 * supported by the driver for each vif 6473 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6474 * supported by the driver for each peer 6475 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 6476 * long/short retry configuration 6477 * 6478 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 6479 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 6480 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 6481 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 6482 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 6483 * 6484 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 6485 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 6486 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 6487 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 6488 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 6489 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 6490 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 6491 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 6492 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 6493 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 6494 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 6495 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 6496 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 6497 * 6498 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 6499 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 6500 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 6501 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 6502 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 6503 * specify a mac address). 6504 * 6505 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 6506 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 6507 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 6508 * 6509 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 6510 * @n_radio: number of radios 6511 */ 6512 struct wiphy { 6513 struct mutex mtx; 6514 6515 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 6516 6517 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 6518 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 6519 6520 struct mac_address *addresses; 6521 6522 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 6523 6524 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6525 int n_iface_combinations; 6526 u16 software_iftypes; 6527 6528 u16 n_addresses; 6529 6530 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 6531 u16 interface_modes; 6532 6533 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 6534 6535 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 6536 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 6537 6538 u32 ap_sme_capa; 6539 6540 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 6541 6542 int bss_priv_size; 6543 u8 max_scan_ssids; 6544 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 6545 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 6546 u8 max_match_sets; 6547 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 6548 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 6549 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 6550 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 6551 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 6552 6553 int n_cipher_suites; 6554 const u32 *cipher_suites; 6555 6556 int n_akm_suites; 6557 const u32 *akm_suites; 6558 6559 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 6560 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 6561 6562 u8 retry_short; 6563 u8 retry_long; 6564 u32 frag_threshold; 6565 u32 rts_threshold; 6566 u8 coverage_class; 6567 6568 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 6569 u32 hw_version; 6570 6571 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 6572 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 6573 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 6574 #endif 6575 6576 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 6577 6578 u8 max_num_pmkids; 6579 6580 u32 available_antennas_tx; 6581 u32 available_antennas_rx; 6582 6583 u32 probe_resp_offload; 6584 6585 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 6586 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6587 6588 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 6589 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 6590 6591 const void *privid; 6592 6593 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 6594 6595 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6596 struct regulatory_request *request); 6597 6598 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 6599 6600 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 6601 6602 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 6603 6604 struct device dev; 6605 6606 bool registered; 6607 6608 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 6609 6610 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 6611 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 6612 6613 struct list_head wdev_list; 6614 6615 possible_net_t _net; 6616 6617 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6618 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 6619 #endif 6620 6621 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 6622 6623 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 6624 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 6625 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 6626 6627 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 6628 6629 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 6630 6631 u32 bss_param_support; 6632 u32 bss_select_support; 6633 6634 u8 nan_supported_bands; 6635 struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; 6636 6637 u32 txq_limit; 6638 u32 txq_memory_limit; 6639 u32 txq_quantum; 6640 6641 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 6642 6643 u8 support_mbssid:1, 6644 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 6645 6646 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 6647 6648 struct { 6649 u64 peer, vif; 6650 u8 max_retry; 6651 } tid_config_support; 6652 6653 u8 max_data_retry_count; 6654 6655 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 6656 6657 struct rfkill *rfkill; 6658 6659 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 6660 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 6661 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 6662 6663 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6664 6665 int n_radio; 6666 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6667 6668 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6669 }; 6670 6671 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6672 { 6673 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6674 } 6675 6676 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6677 { 6678 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6679 } 6680 6681 /** 6682 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6683 * 6684 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6685 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6686 */ 6687 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6688 { 6689 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6690 return &wiphy->priv; 6691 } 6692 6693 /** 6694 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6695 * 6696 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6697 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6698 */ 6699 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6700 { 6701 BUG_ON(!priv); 6702 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6703 } 6704 6705 /** 6706 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6707 * 6708 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6709 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6710 */ 6711 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6712 { 6713 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6714 } 6715 6716 /** 6717 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6718 * 6719 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6720 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6721 */ 6722 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6723 { 6724 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6725 } 6726 6727 /** 6728 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6729 * 6730 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6731 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6732 */ 6733 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6734 { 6735 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6736 } 6737 6738 /** 6739 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6740 * 6741 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6742 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6743 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6744 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6745 * 6746 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6747 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6748 * 6749 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6750 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6751 */ 6752 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6753 const char *requested_name); 6754 6755 /** 6756 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6757 * 6758 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6759 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6760 * 6761 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6762 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6763 * 6764 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6765 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6766 */ 6767 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6768 int sizeof_priv) 6769 { 6770 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6771 } 6772 6773 /** 6774 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6775 * 6776 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6777 * 6778 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6779 */ 6780 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6781 6782 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6783 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6784 6785 /** 6786 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6787 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6788 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6789 * 6790 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6791 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6792 */ 6793 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6794 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6795 6796 /** 6797 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6798 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6799 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6800 * 6801 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6802 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6803 */ 6804 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6805 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6806 6807 /** 6808 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6809 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6810 * 6811 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6812 * 6813 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6814 */ 6815 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6816 6817 /** 6818 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6819 * 6820 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6821 * 6822 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6823 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6824 * request that is being handled. 6825 */ 6826 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6827 6828 /** 6829 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6830 * 6831 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6832 */ 6833 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6834 6835 /* internal structs */ 6836 struct cfg80211_conn; 6837 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6838 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6839 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6840 6841 /** 6842 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6843 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6844 * 6845 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6846 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6847 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6848 * differentiate which way it's called. 6849 * 6850 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6851 * 6852 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6853 * 6854 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6855 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6856 */ 6857 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6858 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6859 { 6860 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6861 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6862 } 6863 6864 /** 6865 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6866 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6867 */ 6868 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6869 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6870 { 6871 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6872 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6873 } 6874 6875 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6876 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6877 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6878 6879 struct wiphy_work; 6880 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6881 6882 struct wiphy_work { 6883 struct list_head entry; 6884 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6885 }; 6886 6887 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6888 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6889 { 6890 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6891 work->func = func; 6892 } 6893 6894 /** 6895 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6896 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6897 * @work: the work item 6898 * 6899 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6900 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6901 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6902 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6903 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6904 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6905 */ 6906 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6907 6908 /** 6909 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6910 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6911 * @work: the work to cancel 6912 * 6913 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6914 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6915 */ 6916 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6917 6918 /** 6919 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6920 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6921 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6922 * 6923 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6924 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6925 */ 6926 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6927 6928 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6929 struct wiphy_work work; 6930 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6931 struct timer_list timer; 6932 }; 6933 6934 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6935 6936 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6937 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6938 { 6939 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6940 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6941 } 6942 6943 /** 6944 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6945 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6946 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6947 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6948 * 6949 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6950 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6951 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6952 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6953 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6954 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6955 * 6956 * Note that these are scheduled with a timer where the accuracy 6957 * becomes less the longer in the future the scheduled timer is. Use 6958 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue() if the timer must be not be late by more 6959 * than approximately 10 percent. 6960 */ 6961 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6962 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6963 unsigned long delay); 6964 6965 /** 6966 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6967 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6968 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6969 * 6970 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6971 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6972 */ 6973 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6974 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6975 6976 /** 6977 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6978 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6979 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6980 * 6981 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6982 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6983 */ 6984 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6985 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6986 6987 /** 6988 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6989 * work item is currently pending. 6990 * 6991 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6992 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6993 * 6994 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6995 * 6996 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6997 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6998 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6999 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 7000 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 7001 * won't run before that. 7002 * 7003 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 7004 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 7005 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 7006 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 7007 * is currently executing. 7008 * 7009 * CPU0 CPU1 7010 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 7011 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 7012 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 7013 * 7014 * [...] 7015 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 7016 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 7017 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 7018 * wk->timer->function() | 7019 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 7020 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 7021 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 7022 * | been run yet 7023 * [...] | 7024 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 7025 * wk->func() V 7026 * 7027 */ 7028 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7029 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 7030 7031 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work { 7032 struct wiphy_work work; 7033 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7034 struct hrtimer timer; 7035 }; 7036 7037 enum hrtimer_restart wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer(struct hrtimer *t); 7038 7039 static inline void wiphy_hrtimer_work_init(struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7040 wiphy_work_func_t func) 7041 { 7042 hrtimer_setup(&hrwork->timer, wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer, 7043 CLOCK_BOOTTIME, HRTIMER_MODE_REL); 7044 wiphy_work_init(&hrwork->work, func); 7045 } 7046 7047 /** 7048 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue - queue hrtimer work for the wiphy 7049 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 7050 * @hrwork: the high resolution timer worker 7051 * @delay: the delay given as a ktime_t 7052 * 7053 * Please refer to wiphy_delayed_work_queue(). The difference is that 7054 * the hrtimer work uses a high resolution timer for scheduling. This 7055 * may be needed if timeouts might be scheduled further in the future 7056 * and the accuracy of the normal timer is not sufficient. 7057 * 7058 * Expect a delay of a few milliseconds as the timer is scheduled 7059 * with some slack and some more time may pass between queueing the 7060 * work and its start. 7061 */ 7062 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7063 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7064 ktime_t delay); 7065 7066 /** 7067 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel - cancel previously queued hrtimer work 7068 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7069 * @hrtimer: the hrtimer work to cancel 7070 * 7071 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 7072 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7073 */ 7074 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7075 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrtimer); 7076 7077 /** 7078 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush - flush previously queued hrtimer work 7079 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7080 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work to flush 7081 * 7082 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 7083 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7084 */ 7085 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7086 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7087 7088 /** 7089 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy hrtimer 7090 * work item is currently pending. 7091 * 7092 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7093 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work in question 7094 * 7095 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 7096 * 7097 * Please refer to the wiphy_delayed_work_pending() documentation as 7098 * this is the equivalent function for hrtimer based delayed work 7099 * items. 7100 */ 7101 bool wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7102 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7103 7104 /** 7105 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 7106 * 7107 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 7108 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 7109 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 7110 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 7111 */ 7112 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 7113 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 7114 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 7115 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 7116 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 7117 }; 7118 7119 /** 7120 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 7121 * 7122 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 7123 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 7124 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 7125 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 7126 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 7127 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 7128 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 7129 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 7130 * 7131 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 7132 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 7133 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 7134 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 7135 * 7136 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 7137 * @iftype: interface type 7138 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 7139 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 7140 * for the notifier 7141 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 7142 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 7143 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 7144 * wireless device if it has no netdev 7145 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 7146 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 7147 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 7148 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 7149 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 7150 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 7151 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 7152 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 7153 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 7154 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 7155 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 7156 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 7157 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 7158 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 7159 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 7160 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 7161 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 7162 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 7163 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 7164 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 7165 * need to propagate the update to the driver 7166 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 7167 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 7168 * the P2P Device. 7169 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 7170 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 7171 * @unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 7172 * registered for unexpected frames (AP mode or NAN_DATA mode) 7173 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 7174 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 7175 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 7176 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 7177 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 7178 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 7179 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 7180 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 7181 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 7182 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 7183 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 7184 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 7185 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 7186 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 7187 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 7188 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 7189 * unprotected beacon report 7190 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 7191 * @ap and @client for each link 7192 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 7193 * started 7194 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 7195 * entered. 7196 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 7197 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 7198 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 7199 */ 7200 struct wireless_dev { 7201 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7202 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 7203 7204 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 7205 struct list_head list; 7206 struct net_device *netdev; 7207 7208 u32 identifier; 7209 7210 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 7211 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 7212 7213 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 7214 7215 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 7216 7217 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 7218 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 7219 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 7220 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 7221 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 7222 7223 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 7224 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7225 7226 struct list_head event_list; 7227 spinlock_t event_lock; 7228 7229 u8 connected:1; 7230 7231 bool ps; 7232 int ps_timeout; 7233 7234 u32 unexpected_nlportid; 7235 7236 u32 owner_nlportid; 7237 bool nl_owner_dead; 7238 7239 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 7240 /* wext data */ 7241 struct { 7242 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 7243 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 7244 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 7245 const u8 *ie; 7246 size_t ie_len; 7247 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7248 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7249 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7250 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 7251 bool prev_bssid_valid; 7252 } wext; 7253 #endif 7254 7255 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 7256 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 7257 7258 struct list_head pmsr_list; 7259 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 7260 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 7261 7262 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 7263 7264 union { 7265 struct { 7266 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7267 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7268 u8 ssid_len; 7269 } client; 7270 struct { 7271 int beacon_interval; 7272 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7273 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7274 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 7275 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 7276 } mesh; 7277 struct { 7278 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7279 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7280 u8 ssid_len; 7281 } ap; 7282 struct { 7283 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7284 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7285 int beacon_interval; 7286 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7287 u8 ssid_len; 7288 } ibss; 7289 struct { 7290 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7291 } ocb; 7292 struct { 7293 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7294 u8 n_channels; 7295 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandefs; 7296 bool sched_update_pending; 7297 } nan; 7298 } u; 7299 7300 struct { 7301 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7302 union { 7303 struct { 7304 unsigned int beacon_interval; 7305 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7306 } ap; 7307 struct { 7308 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7309 } client; 7310 }; 7311 7312 bool cac_started; 7313 unsigned long cac_start_time; 7314 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 7315 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7316 u16 valid_links; 7317 7318 u32 radio_mask; 7319 }; 7320 7321 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7322 { 7323 if (wdev->netdev) 7324 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 7325 return wdev->address; 7326 } 7327 7328 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7329 { 7330 if (wdev->netdev) 7331 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 7332 return wdev->is_running; 7333 } 7334 7335 /** 7336 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 7337 * 7338 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 7339 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 7340 */ 7341 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7342 { 7343 BUG_ON(!wdev); 7344 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 7345 } 7346 7347 /** 7348 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 7349 * @wdev: the wdev 7350 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 7351 * 7352 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 7353 */ 7354 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7355 unsigned int link_id); 7356 7357 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7358 unsigned int link_id) 7359 { 7360 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 7361 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 7362 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 7363 } 7364 7365 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 7366 for (link_id = 0; \ 7367 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 7368 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 7369 link_id++) \ 7370 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 7371 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 7372 7373 /** 7374 * DOC: Utility functions 7375 * 7376 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 7377 */ 7378 7379 /** 7380 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 7381 * 7382 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 7383 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 7384 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 7385 */ 7386 static inline bool 7387 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 7388 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 7389 { 7390 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 7391 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 7392 } 7393 7394 /** 7395 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 7396 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 7397 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 7398 */ 7399 static inline u32 7400 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7401 { 7402 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 7403 } 7404 7405 /** 7406 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 7407 * @chan: channel number 7408 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7409 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7410 */ 7411 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 7412 7413 /** 7414 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 7415 * @chan: channel number 7416 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7417 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7418 */ 7419 static inline int 7420 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 7421 { 7422 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 7423 } 7424 7425 /** 7426 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7427 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 7428 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7429 */ 7430 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 7431 7432 /** 7433 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7434 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 7435 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7436 */ 7437 static inline int 7438 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 7439 { 7440 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7441 } 7442 7443 /** 7444 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 7445 * frequency 7446 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7447 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 7448 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7449 */ 7450 struct ieee80211_channel * 7451 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 7452 7453 /** 7454 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 7455 * 7456 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7457 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 7458 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7459 */ 7460 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 7461 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 7462 { 7463 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7464 } 7465 7466 /** 7467 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 7468 * @chan: control channel to check 7469 * 7470 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 7471 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 7472 * 7473 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 7474 */ 7475 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7476 { 7477 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 7478 return false; 7479 7480 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 7481 } 7482 7483 /** 7484 * ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid - Check if the radio supports the 7485 * specified frequency range 7486 * 7487 * @radio: wiphy radio 7488 * @freq: the frequency (in KHz) to be queried 7489 * @width: the bandwidth (in KHz) to be queried 7490 * 7491 * Return: whether or not the given frequency range is valid for the given radio 7492 */ 7493 bool ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7494 u32 freq, u32 width); 7495 7496 /** 7497 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 7498 * 7499 * @radio: wiphy radio 7500 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 7501 * 7502 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 7503 */ 7504 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7505 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7506 7507 /** 7508 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 7509 * 7510 * @wdev: the wireless device 7511 * @chan: channel to check 7512 * 7513 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 7514 */ 7515 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7516 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 7517 7518 /** 7519 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 7520 * 7521 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7522 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 7523 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 7524 * 7525 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 7526 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 7527 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 7528 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 7529 */ 7530 const struct ieee80211_rate * 7531 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 7532 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 7533 7534 /** 7535 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 7536 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7537 * 7538 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 7539 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 7540 */ 7541 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 7542 7543 /* 7544 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 7545 * 7546 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 7547 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 7548 */ 7549 7550 struct radiotap_align_size { 7551 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 7552 }; 7553 7554 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 7555 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 7556 int n_bits; 7557 uint32_t oui; 7558 uint8_t subns; 7559 }; 7560 7561 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 7562 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 7563 int n_ns; 7564 }; 7565 7566 /** 7567 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 7568 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 7569 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 7570 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 7571 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 7572 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 7573 * the beginning of the actual data portion 7574 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 7575 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 7576 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 7577 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 7578 * radiotap namespace or not 7579 * 7580 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 7581 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 7582 * @_arg_index: next argument index 7583 * @_arg: next argument pointer 7584 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 7585 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 7586 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 7587 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 7588 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 7589 * next bitmap word 7590 * 7591 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 7592 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 7593 */ 7594 7595 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 7596 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 7597 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 7598 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 7599 7600 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 7601 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 7602 7603 unsigned char *this_arg; 7604 int this_arg_index; 7605 int this_arg_size; 7606 7607 int is_radiotap_ns; 7608 7609 int _max_length; 7610 int _arg_index; 7611 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 7612 int _reset_on_ext; 7613 }; 7614 7615 int 7616 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 7617 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 7618 int max_length, 7619 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 7620 7621 int 7622 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 7623 7624 7625 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 7626 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 7627 7628 /** 7629 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 7630 * 7631 * @skb: the frame 7632 * 7633 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 7634 * returns the 802.11 header length. 7635 * 7636 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 7637 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 7638 * 802.11 header. 7639 */ 7640 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 7641 7642 /** 7643 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 7644 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 7645 * Return: The header length in bytes. 7646 */ 7647 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 7648 7649 /** 7650 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 7651 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 7652 * (first byte) will be accessed 7653 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 7654 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 7655 */ 7656 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 7657 7658 /** 7659 * DOC: Data path helpers 7660 * 7661 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 7662 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 7663 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 7664 */ 7665 7666 /** 7667 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7668 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7669 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 7670 * of it being pushed into the SKB 7671 * @addr: the device MAC address 7672 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7673 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 7674 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 7675 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7676 */ 7677 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 7678 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7679 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 7680 7681 /** 7682 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7683 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7684 * @addr: the device MAC address 7685 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7686 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7687 */ 7688 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 7689 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 7690 { 7691 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 7692 } 7693 7694 /** 7695 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 7696 * 7697 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 7698 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 7699 * mesh control field. 7700 * 7701 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7702 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 7703 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 7704 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7705 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7706 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 7707 */ 7708 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 7709 7710 /** 7711 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 7712 * 7713 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 7714 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 7715 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 7716 * 7717 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7718 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 7719 * initialized by the caller. 7720 * @addr: The device MAC address. 7721 * @iftype: The device interface type. 7722 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 7723 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7724 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7725 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 7726 */ 7727 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 7728 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7729 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 7730 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 7731 u8 mesh_control); 7732 7733 /** 7734 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 7735 * 7736 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 7737 * protocol. 7738 * 7739 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 7740 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 7741 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 7742 */ 7743 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 7744 7745 /** 7746 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 7747 * 7748 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 7749 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7750 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7751 * 7752 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7753 * 7754 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7755 */ 7756 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7757 7758 /** 7759 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7760 * @skb: the data frame 7761 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7762 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7763 */ 7764 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7765 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7766 7767 /** 7768 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7769 * 7770 * @eid: element ID 7771 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7772 * @len: length of data 7773 * @match: byte array to match 7774 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7775 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7776 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7777 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7778 * the data portion instead. 7779 * 7780 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7781 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7782 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7783 * requested element struct. 7784 * 7785 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7786 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7787 * byte array to match. 7788 */ 7789 const struct element * 7790 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7791 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7792 unsigned int match_offset); 7793 7794 /** 7795 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7796 * 7797 * @eid: element ID 7798 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7799 * @len: length of data 7800 * @match: byte array to match 7801 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7802 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7803 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7804 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7805 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7806 * the second byte is the IE length. 7807 * 7808 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7809 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7810 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7811 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7812 * element ID. 7813 * 7814 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7815 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7816 * byte array to match. 7817 */ 7818 static inline const u8 * 7819 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7820 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7821 unsigned int match_offset) 7822 { 7823 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7824 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7825 */ 7826 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7827 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7828 return NULL; 7829 7830 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7831 match, match_len, 7832 match_offset ? 7833 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7834 } 7835 7836 /** 7837 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7838 * 7839 * @eid: element ID 7840 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7841 * @len: length of data 7842 * 7843 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7844 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7845 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7846 * requested element struct. 7847 * 7848 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7849 * having to fit into the given data. 7850 */ 7851 static inline const struct element * 7852 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7853 { 7854 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7855 } 7856 7857 /** 7858 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7859 * 7860 * @eid: element ID 7861 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7862 * @len: length of data 7863 * 7864 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7865 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7866 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7867 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7868 * 7869 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7870 * having to fit into the given data. 7871 */ 7872 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7873 { 7874 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7875 } 7876 7877 /** 7878 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7879 * 7880 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7881 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7882 * @len: length of data 7883 * 7884 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7885 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7886 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7887 * requested element struct. 7888 * 7889 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7890 * having to fit into the given data. 7891 */ 7892 static inline const struct element * 7893 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7894 { 7895 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7896 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7897 } 7898 7899 /** 7900 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7901 * 7902 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7903 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7904 * @len: length of data 7905 * 7906 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7907 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7908 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7909 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7910 * 7911 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7912 * having to fit into the given data. 7913 */ 7914 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7915 { 7916 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7917 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7918 } 7919 7920 /** 7921 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7922 * 7923 * @oui: vendor OUI 7924 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7925 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7926 * @len: length of data 7927 * 7928 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7929 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7930 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7931 * 7932 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7933 * the given data. 7934 */ 7935 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7936 const u8 *ies, 7937 unsigned int len); 7938 7939 /** 7940 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7941 * 7942 * @oui: vendor OUI 7943 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7944 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7945 * @len: length of data 7946 * 7947 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7948 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7949 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7950 * element ID. 7951 * 7952 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7953 * the given data. 7954 */ 7955 static inline const u8 * 7956 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7957 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7958 { 7959 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7960 } 7961 7962 /** 7963 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7964 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7965 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7966 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7967 */ 7968 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7969 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7970 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7971 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7972 }; 7973 7974 /** 7975 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7976 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7977 * their entries in 7978 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7979 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7980 * for the return value 7981 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7982 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7983 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7984 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7985 * or elements were malformed.) 7986 */ 7987 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7988 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7989 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7990 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7991 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7992 void *iter_data); 7993 7994 /** 7995 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7996 * 7997 * @elem: the element to defragment 7998 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7999 * @ieslen: length of @ies 8000 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 8001 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 8002 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 8003 * 8004 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 8005 * 8006 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 8007 * skipping all headers. 8008 * 8009 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 8010 * element in-place. 8011 */ 8012 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 8013 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 8014 u8 frag_id); 8015 8016 /** 8017 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 8018 * 8019 * @dev: network device 8020 * @addr: STA MAC address 8021 * 8022 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 8023 * devices upon STA association. 8024 */ 8025 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8026 8027 /** 8028 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 8029 * 8030 * TODO 8031 */ 8032 8033 /** 8034 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 8035 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 8036 * conflicts) 8037 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 8038 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 8039 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 8040 * alpha2. 8041 * 8042 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 8043 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 8044 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 8045 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 8046 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 8047 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 8048 * 8049 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 8050 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 8051 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 8052 * 8053 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8054 * an -ENOMEM. 8055 * 8056 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 8057 */ 8058 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 8059 8060 /** 8061 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 8062 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8063 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8064 * 8065 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 8066 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 8067 * information. 8068 * 8069 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8070 */ 8071 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8072 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8073 8074 /** 8075 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 8076 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8077 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8078 * 8079 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 8080 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 8081 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 8082 * 8083 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8084 */ 8085 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8086 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8087 8088 /** 8089 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 8090 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8091 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 8092 * 8093 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 8094 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 8095 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 8096 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 8097 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 8098 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 8099 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 8100 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 8101 * that called this helper. 8102 */ 8103 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8104 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 8105 8106 /** 8107 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 8108 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 8109 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 8110 * 8111 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 8112 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 8113 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 8114 * and processed already. 8115 * 8116 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 8117 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 8118 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 8119 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 8120 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 8121 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 8122 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 8123 */ 8124 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8125 u32 center_freq); 8126 8127 /** 8128 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 8129 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 8130 * 8131 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 8132 * proper string representation. 8133 * 8134 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 8135 */ 8136 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 8137 8138 /** 8139 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 8140 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 8141 * 8142 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 8143 * 8144 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 8145 */ 8146 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8147 8148 /** 8149 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 8150 * 8151 */ 8152 8153 /** 8154 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 8155 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 8156 * 8157 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 8158 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 8159 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 8160 * 8161 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 8162 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 8163 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 8164 * 8165 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8166 * an -ENODATA. 8167 * 8168 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 8169 */ 8170 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 8171 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 8172 8173 /* 8174 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 8175 * functions and BSS handling helpers 8176 */ 8177 8178 /** 8179 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 8180 * 8181 * @request: the corresponding scan request 8182 * @info: information about the completed scan 8183 */ 8184 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 8185 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 8186 8187 /** 8188 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 8189 * 8190 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 8191 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8192 */ 8193 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8194 8195 /** 8196 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8197 * 8198 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8199 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8200 * 8201 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8202 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8203 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8204 */ 8205 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8209 * 8210 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8211 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8212 * 8213 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8214 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8215 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8216 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 8217 */ 8218 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8219 8220 /** 8221 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 8222 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8223 * @data: the BSS metadata 8224 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 8225 * @len: length of the management frame 8226 * @gfp: context flags 8227 * 8228 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8229 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8230 * 8231 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8232 * Or %NULL on error. 8233 */ 8234 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8235 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8236 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8237 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8238 gfp_t gfp); 8239 8240 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8241 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8242 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8243 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8244 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8245 { 8246 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8247 .chan = rx_channel, 8248 .signal = signal, 8249 }; 8250 8251 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 8252 } 8253 8254 /** 8255 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 8256 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 8257 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 8258 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 8259 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 8260 */ 8261 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 8262 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 8263 { 8264 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 8265 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 8266 u64 new_bssid_u64; 8267 8268 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 8269 8270 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 8271 8272 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 8273 } 8274 8275 /** 8276 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 8277 * @element: element to check 8278 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 8279 * 8280 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 8281 */ 8282 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 8283 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 8284 8285 /** 8286 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 8287 * @ie: ies 8288 * @ielen: length of IEs 8289 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 8290 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 8291 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 8292 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 8293 * 8294 * Return: the number of bytes merged 8295 */ 8296 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8297 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 8298 const struct element *sub_elem, 8299 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 8300 8301 /** 8302 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 8303 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 8304 * from a beacon or probe response 8305 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 8306 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 8307 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 8308 */ 8309 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 8310 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 8311 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 8312 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 8313 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 8314 }; 8315 8316 /** 8317 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 8318 * @ie: IEs 8319 * @ielen: length of IEs 8320 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 8321 * 8322 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 8323 */ 8324 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8325 enum nl80211_band band); 8326 8327 /** 8328 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 8329 * @a: first SSID 8330 * @b: second SSID 8331 * 8332 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 8333 */ 8334 static inline bool 8335 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 8336 { 8337 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 8338 return false; 8339 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 8340 return false; 8341 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 8342 } 8343 8344 /** 8345 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 8346 * 8347 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8348 * @data: the BSS metadata 8349 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 8350 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 8351 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 8352 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 8353 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 8354 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 8355 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 8356 * @gfp: context flags 8357 * 8358 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8359 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8360 * 8361 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8362 * Or %NULL on error. 8363 */ 8364 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8365 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8366 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8367 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8368 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8369 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8370 gfp_t gfp); 8371 8372 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8373 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8374 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8375 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8376 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8377 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8378 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8379 { 8380 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8381 .chan = rx_channel, 8382 .signal = signal, 8383 }; 8384 8385 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 8386 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 8387 gfp); 8388 } 8389 8390 /** 8391 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8392 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8393 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8394 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8395 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8396 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8397 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8398 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8399 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 8400 * 8401 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8402 */ 8403 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8404 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8405 const u8 *bssid, 8406 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8407 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8408 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 8409 u32 use_for); 8410 8411 /** 8412 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8413 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8414 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8415 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8416 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8417 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8418 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8419 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8420 * 8421 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 8422 * 8423 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8424 */ 8425 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8426 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8427 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8428 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8429 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 8430 { 8431 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 8432 bss_type, privacy, 8433 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 8434 } 8435 8436 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8437 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8438 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8439 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 8440 { 8441 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 8442 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 8443 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 8444 } 8445 8446 /** 8447 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 8448 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8449 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 8450 * 8451 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8452 */ 8453 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8454 8455 /** 8456 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 8457 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8458 * @bss: the BSS struct 8459 * 8460 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8461 */ 8462 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8463 8464 /** 8465 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 8466 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8467 * @bss: the bss to remove 8468 * 8469 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 8470 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 8471 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 8472 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 8473 */ 8474 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8475 8476 /** 8477 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 8478 * 8479 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 8480 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 8481 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 8482 * 8483 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8484 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 8485 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 8486 * @iter: the iterator function to call 8487 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 8488 */ 8489 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8490 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8491 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8492 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 8493 void *data), 8494 void *iter_data); 8495 8496 /** 8497 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 8498 * @dev: network device 8499 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 8500 * @len: length of the frame data 8501 * 8502 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 8503 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 8504 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 8505 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8506 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8507 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8508 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 8509 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 8510 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 8511 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 8512 * 8513 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8514 */ 8515 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8516 8517 /** 8518 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 8519 * @dev: network device 8520 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 8521 * 8522 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 8523 * mutex. 8524 */ 8525 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8526 8527 /** 8528 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 8529 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 8530 * @len: length of the frame data 8531 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 8532 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 8533 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 8534 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 8535 * @assoc_encrypted: indicate if the (re)association exchange is encrypted. 8536 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 8537 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 8538 * non-MLO connections 8539 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 8540 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 8541 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 8542 * were rejected by the AP. 8543 */ 8544 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 8545 const u8 *buf; 8546 size_t len; 8547 const u8 *req_ies; 8548 size_t req_ies_len; 8549 int uapsd_queues; 8550 bool assoc_encrypted; 8551 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8552 struct { 8553 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 8554 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8555 u16 status; 8556 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8557 }; 8558 8559 /** 8560 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 8561 * @dev: network device 8562 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 8563 * 8564 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8565 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8566 * 8567 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8568 */ 8569 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 8570 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 8571 8572 /** 8573 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 8574 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 8575 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 8576 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 8577 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 8578 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 8579 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 8580 */ 8581 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 8582 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8583 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8584 bool timeout; 8585 }; 8586 8587 /** 8588 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 8589 * @dev: network device 8590 * @data: data describing the association failure 8591 * 8592 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8593 */ 8594 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 8595 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 8596 8597 /** 8598 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 8599 * @dev: network device 8600 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 8601 * @len: length of the frame data 8602 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 8603 * 8604 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 8605 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 8606 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 8607 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 8608 */ 8609 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8610 bool reconnect); 8611 8612 /** 8613 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 8614 * @dev: network device 8615 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 8616 * @len: length of the frame data 8617 * 8618 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 8619 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 8620 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 8621 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 8622 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 8623 * 8624 * This function may sleep. 8625 */ 8626 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 8627 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8628 8629 /** 8630 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 8631 * @dev: network device 8632 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 8633 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 8634 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 8635 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 8636 * @gfp: allocation flags 8637 * 8638 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 8639 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 8640 * primitive. 8641 */ 8642 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8643 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 8644 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 8645 8646 /** 8647 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 8648 * 8649 * @dev: network device 8650 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 8651 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 8652 * @gfp: allocation flags 8653 * 8654 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 8655 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 8656 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 8657 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 8658 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 8659 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 8660 */ 8661 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8662 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 8663 8664 /** 8665 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 8666 * candidate 8667 * 8668 * @dev: network device 8669 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 8670 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 8671 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 8672 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 8673 * @gfp: allocation flags 8674 * 8675 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 8676 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 8677 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 8678 */ 8679 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 8680 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 8681 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 8682 8683 /** 8684 * DOC: RFkill integration 8685 * 8686 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 8687 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 8688 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 8689 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 8690 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 8691 * 8692 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 8693 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 8694 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 8695 */ 8696 8697 /** 8698 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 8699 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8700 * @blocked: block status 8701 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 8702 */ 8703 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 8704 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 8705 8706 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 8707 { 8708 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 8709 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 8710 } 8711 8712 /** 8713 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 8714 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8715 */ 8716 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8717 8718 /** 8719 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 8720 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8721 */ 8722 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 8723 { 8724 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 8725 } 8726 8727 /** 8728 * DOC: Vendor commands 8729 * 8730 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 8731 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 8732 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 8733 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 8734 * the configuration mechanism. 8735 * 8736 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 8737 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 8738 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 8739 * 8740 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 8741 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 8742 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 8743 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 8744 * managers etc. need. 8745 */ 8746 8747 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8748 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8749 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8750 int approxlen); 8751 8752 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8753 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8754 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8755 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8756 unsigned int portid, 8757 int vendor_event_idx, 8758 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8759 8760 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8761 8762 /** 8763 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8764 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8765 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8766 * be put into the skb 8767 * 8768 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8769 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8770 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8771 * 8772 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8773 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8774 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8775 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8776 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8777 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8778 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8779 * 8780 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8781 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8782 * 8783 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8784 */ 8785 static inline struct sk_buff * 8786 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8787 { 8788 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8789 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8790 } 8791 8792 /** 8793 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8794 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8795 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8796 * 8797 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8798 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8799 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8800 * skb regardless of the return value. 8801 * 8802 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8803 */ 8804 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8805 8806 /** 8807 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8808 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8809 * 8810 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8811 * 8812 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8813 */ 8814 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8815 8816 /** 8817 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8818 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8819 * @wdev: the wireless device 8820 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8821 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8822 * be put into the skb 8823 * @gfp: allocation flags 8824 * 8825 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8826 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8827 * 8828 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8829 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8830 * attribute. 8831 * 8832 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8833 * skb to send the event. 8834 * 8835 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8836 */ 8837 static inline struct sk_buff * 8838 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8839 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8840 { 8841 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8842 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8843 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8844 } 8845 8846 /** 8847 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8848 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8849 * @wdev: the wireless device 8850 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8851 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8852 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8853 * be put into the skb 8854 * @gfp: allocation flags 8855 * 8856 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8857 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8858 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8859 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8860 * 8861 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8862 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8863 * attribute. 8864 * 8865 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8866 * skb to send the event. 8867 * 8868 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8869 */ 8870 static inline struct sk_buff * 8871 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8872 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8873 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8874 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8875 { 8876 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8877 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8878 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8879 } 8880 8881 /** 8882 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8883 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8884 * @gfp: allocation flags 8885 * 8886 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8887 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8888 */ 8889 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8890 { 8891 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8892 } 8893 8894 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8895 /** 8896 * DOC: Test mode 8897 * 8898 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8899 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8900 * factory programming. 8901 * 8902 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8903 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8904 */ 8905 8906 /** 8907 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8908 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8909 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8910 * be put into the skb 8911 * 8912 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8913 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8914 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8915 * 8916 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8917 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8918 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8919 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8920 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8921 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8922 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8923 * 8924 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8925 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8926 * 8927 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8928 */ 8929 static inline struct sk_buff * 8930 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8931 { 8932 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8933 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8934 } 8935 8936 /** 8937 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8938 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8939 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8940 * 8941 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8942 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8943 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8944 * regardless of the return value. 8945 * 8946 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8947 */ 8948 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8949 { 8950 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8951 } 8952 8953 /** 8954 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8955 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8956 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8957 * be put into the skb 8958 * @gfp: allocation flags 8959 * 8960 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8961 * testmode multicast group. 8962 * 8963 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8964 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8965 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8966 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8967 * in any other way. 8968 * 8969 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8970 * skb to send the event. 8971 * 8972 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8973 */ 8974 static inline struct sk_buff * 8975 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8976 { 8977 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8978 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8979 approxlen, gfp); 8980 } 8981 8982 /** 8983 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8984 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8985 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8986 * @gfp: allocation flags 8987 * 8988 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8989 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8990 * consumes it. 8991 */ 8992 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8993 { 8994 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8995 } 8996 8997 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8998 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8999 #else 9000 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 9001 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 9002 #endif 9003 9004 /** 9005 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 9006 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 9007 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 9008 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 9009 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 9010 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 9011 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 9012 * status for a FILS connection. 9013 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9014 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 9015 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 9016 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9017 */ 9018 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 9019 const u8 *kek; 9020 size_t kek_len; 9021 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 9022 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 9023 const u8 *pmk; 9024 size_t pmk_len; 9025 const u8 *pmkid; 9026 }; 9027 9028 /** 9029 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 9030 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9031 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9032 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9033 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9034 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9035 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9036 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9037 * case. 9038 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 9039 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 9040 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9041 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 9042 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 9043 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9044 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9045 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9046 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9047 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9048 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9049 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 9050 * zero. 9051 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9052 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 9053 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 9054 * connected AP info. 9055 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 9056 * %NULL. 9057 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 9058 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 9059 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 9060 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 9061 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 9062 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 9063 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 9064 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 9065 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 9066 * to be specified. 9067 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 9068 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 9069 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 9070 * @assoc_encrypted: The driver should set this flag to indicate that the 9071 * (Re)Association Request/Response frames are transmitted encrypted over 9072 * the air. 9073 */ 9074 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 9075 int status; 9076 const u8 *req_ie; 9077 size_t req_ie_len; 9078 const u8 *resp_ie; 9079 size_t resp_ie_len; 9080 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9081 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 9082 bool assoc_encrypted; 9083 9084 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9085 u16 valid_links; 9086 struct { 9087 const u8 *addr; 9088 const u8 *bssid; 9089 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9090 u16 status; 9091 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9092 }; 9093 9094 /** 9095 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9096 * 9097 * @dev: network device 9098 * @params: connection response parameters 9099 * @gfp: allocation flags 9100 * 9101 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9102 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9103 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 9104 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 9105 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 9106 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9107 */ 9108 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 9109 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 9110 gfp_t gfp); 9111 9112 /** 9113 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9114 * 9115 * @dev: network device 9116 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9117 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 9118 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 9119 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 9120 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 9121 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 9122 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 9123 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9124 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9125 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9126 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9127 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9128 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9129 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9130 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9131 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9132 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9133 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9134 * case. 9135 * @gfp: allocation flags 9136 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9137 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9138 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9139 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9140 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9141 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9142 * 9143 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9144 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9145 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 9146 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 9147 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9148 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9149 */ 9150 static inline void 9151 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9152 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 9153 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 9154 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 9155 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9156 { 9157 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 9158 9159 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 9160 params.status = status; 9161 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 9162 params.links[0].bss = bss; 9163 params.req_ie = req_ie; 9164 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 9165 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 9166 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 9167 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 9168 9169 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 9170 } 9171 9172 /** 9173 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9174 * 9175 * @dev: network device 9176 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9177 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9178 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9179 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9180 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9181 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9182 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9183 * the real status code for failures. 9184 * @gfp: allocation flags 9185 * 9186 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9187 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9188 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 9189 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9190 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9191 */ 9192 static inline void 9193 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9194 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 9195 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 9196 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 9197 { 9198 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 9199 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 9200 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 9201 } 9202 9203 /** 9204 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 9205 * 9206 * @dev: network device 9207 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9208 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9209 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9210 * @gfp: allocation flags 9211 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 9212 * 9213 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 9214 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 9215 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 9216 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 9217 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 9218 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9219 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9220 */ 9221 static inline void 9222 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9223 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 9224 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9225 { 9226 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 9227 gfp, timeout_reason); 9228 } 9229 9230 /** 9231 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 9232 * 9233 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9234 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9235 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9236 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9237 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 9238 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 9239 * Otherwise zero. 9240 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9241 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 9242 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 9243 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 9244 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 9245 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 9246 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 9247 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 9248 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 9249 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 9250 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 9251 */ 9252 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 9253 const u8 *req_ie; 9254 size_t req_ie_len; 9255 const u8 *resp_ie; 9256 size_t resp_ie_len; 9257 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9258 9259 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9260 u16 valid_links; 9261 struct { 9262 const u8 *addr; 9263 const u8 *bssid; 9264 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 9265 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9266 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9267 }; 9268 9269 /** 9270 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 9271 * 9272 * @dev: network device 9273 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 9274 * @gfp: allocation flags 9275 * 9276 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 9277 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 9278 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 9279 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 9280 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 9281 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 9282 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 9283 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 9284 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 9285 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 9286 */ 9287 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 9288 gfp_t gfp); 9289 9290 /** 9291 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 9292 * 9293 * @dev: network device 9294 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 9295 * in case of AP/P2P GO 9296 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 9297 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 9298 * @gfp: allocation flags 9299 * 9300 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 9301 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 9302 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 9303 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 9304 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 9305 * indicate the 802.11 association. 9306 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 9307 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 9308 * associated STA/GC. 9309 */ 9310 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 9311 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 9312 9313 /** 9314 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 9315 * 9316 * @dev: network device 9317 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 9318 * @ie_len: length of IEs 9319 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 9320 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 9321 * @gfp: allocation flags 9322 * 9323 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 9324 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 9325 */ 9326 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 9327 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 9328 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 9329 9330 /** 9331 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 9332 * @wdev: wireless device 9333 * @cookie: the request cookie 9334 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9335 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 9336 * channel 9337 * @gfp: allocation flags 9338 */ 9339 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9340 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9341 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 9342 9343 /** 9344 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 9345 * @wdev: wireless device 9346 * @cookie: the request cookie 9347 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9348 * @gfp: allocation flags 9349 */ 9350 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9351 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9352 gfp_t gfp); 9353 9354 /** 9355 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 9356 * @wdev: wireless device 9357 * @cookie: the requested cookie 9358 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 9359 * @gfp: allocation flags 9360 */ 9361 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9362 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 9363 9364 /** 9365 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9366 * 9367 * @sinfo: the station information 9368 * @gfp: allocation flags 9369 * 9370 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9371 */ 9372 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9373 9374 /** 9375 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9376 * 9377 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 9378 * @gfp: allocation flags 9379 * 9380 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9381 */ 9382 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 9383 gfp_t gfp); 9384 9385 /** 9386 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 9387 * @sinfo: the station information 9388 * 9389 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 9390 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 9391 * the stack.) 9392 */ 9393 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 9394 { 9395 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 9396 9397 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 9398 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 9399 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 9400 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 9401 } 9402 } 9403 } 9404 9405 /** 9406 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 9407 * 9408 * @wdev: the wireless device 9409 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9410 * @sinfo: the station information 9411 * @gfp: allocation flags 9412 */ 9413 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9414 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9415 9416 /** 9417 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9418 * @wdev: the wireless device 9419 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9420 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 9421 * @gfp: allocation flags 9422 */ 9423 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9424 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9425 9426 /** 9427 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9428 * 9429 * @wdev: the wireless device 9430 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9431 * @gfp: allocation flags 9432 */ 9433 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9434 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 9435 { 9436 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(wdev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 9437 } 9438 9439 /** 9440 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 9441 * 9442 * @dev: the netdev 9443 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9444 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 9445 * @gfp: allocation flags 9446 * 9447 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 9448 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 9449 * for some reasons, this function is called. 9450 * 9451 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 9452 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 9453 */ 9454 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9455 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 9456 gfp_t gfp); 9457 9458 /** 9459 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 9460 * 9461 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 9462 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9463 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 9464 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 9465 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 9466 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9467 * @len: length of the frame data 9468 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9469 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 9470 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 9471 */ 9472 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 9473 int freq; 9474 int sig_dbm; 9475 bool have_link_id; 9476 u8 link_id; 9477 const u8 *buf; 9478 size_t len; 9479 u32 flags; 9480 u64 rx_tstamp; 9481 u64 ack_tstamp; 9482 }; 9483 9484 /** 9485 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 9486 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9487 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 9488 * 9489 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9490 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9491 * 9492 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9493 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9494 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9495 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9496 */ 9497 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9498 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 9499 9500 /** 9501 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9502 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9503 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 9504 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9505 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9506 * @len: length of the frame data 9507 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9508 * 9509 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9510 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9511 * 9512 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9513 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9514 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9515 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9516 */ 9517 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9518 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9519 u32 flags) 9520 { 9521 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9522 .freq = freq, 9523 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9524 .buf = buf, 9525 .len = len, 9526 .flags = flags 9527 }; 9528 9529 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9530 } 9531 9532 /** 9533 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9534 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9535 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 9536 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9537 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9538 * @len: length of the frame data 9539 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9540 * 9541 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9542 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9543 * 9544 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9545 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9546 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9547 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9548 */ 9549 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9550 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9551 u32 flags) 9552 { 9553 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9554 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9555 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9556 .buf = buf, 9557 .len = len, 9558 .flags = flags 9559 }; 9560 9561 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9562 } 9563 9564 /** 9565 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 9566 * 9567 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9568 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 9569 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 9570 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9571 * @len: length of the frame data 9572 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9573 */ 9574 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 9575 u64 cookie; 9576 u64 tx_tstamp; 9577 u64 ack_tstamp; 9578 const u8 *buf; 9579 size_t len; 9580 bool ack; 9581 }; 9582 9583 /** 9584 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 9585 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9586 * @status: TX status data 9587 * @gfp: context flags 9588 * 9589 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9590 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9591 * transmission attempt with extended info. 9592 */ 9593 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9594 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 9595 9596 /** 9597 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 9598 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9599 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9600 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9601 * @len: length of the frame data 9602 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9603 * @gfp: context flags 9604 * 9605 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9606 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9607 * transmission attempt. 9608 */ 9609 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9610 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 9611 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 9612 { 9613 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 9614 .cookie = cookie, 9615 .buf = buf, 9616 .len = len, 9617 .ack = ack 9618 }; 9619 9620 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 9621 } 9622 9623 /** 9624 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 9625 * port frames 9626 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9627 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 9628 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 9629 * @len: length of the frame data 9630 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9631 * @gfp: context flags 9632 * 9633 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 9634 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 9635 * the transmission attempt. 9636 */ 9637 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9638 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 9639 gfp_t gfp); 9640 9641 /** 9642 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 9643 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9644 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 9645 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 9646 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 9647 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 9648 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 9649 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 9650 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9651 * 9652 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 9653 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 9654 * control port frames over nl80211. 9655 * 9656 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 9657 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 9658 * 9659 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 9660 */ 9661 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 9662 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 9663 9664 /** 9665 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 9666 * @dev: network device 9667 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 9668 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 9669 * @gfp: context flags 9670 * 9671 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 9672 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 9673 */ 9674 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9675 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 9676 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 9677 9678 /** 9679 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 9680 * @dev: network device 9681 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9682 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 9683 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 9684 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 9685 * @gfp: context flags 9686 */ 9687 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9688 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 9689 9690 /** 9691 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 9692 * @dev: network device 9693 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9694 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 9695 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 9696 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 9697 * @gfp: context flags 9698 * 9699 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 9700 * given interval is exceeded. 9701 */ 9702 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9703 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 9704 9705 /** 9706 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 9707 * @dev: network device 9708 * @gfp: context flags 9709 * 9710 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 9711 */ 9712 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 9713 9714 /** 9715 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 9716 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9717 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9718 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 9719 * @gfp: context flags 9720 * 9721 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 9722 */ 9723 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9724 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9725 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 9726 9727 static inline void 9728 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9729 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9730 gfp_t gfp) 9731 { 9732 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 9733 } 9734 9735 static inline void 9736 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9737 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9738 gfp_t gfp) 9739 { 9740 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 9741 } 9742 9743 /** 9744 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 9745 * @dev: network device 9746 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 9747 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 9748 * @gfp: context flags 9749 * 9750 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 9751 * frame. 9752 */ 9753 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 9754 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 9755 gfp_t gfp); 9756 9757 /** 9758 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9759 * @netdev: network device 9760 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9761 * @event: type of event 9762 * @gfp: context flags 9763 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9764 * 9765 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9766 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9767 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9768 */ 9769 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9770 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9771 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9772 unsigned int link_id); 9773 9774 /** 9775 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9776 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9777 * 9778 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9779 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9780 */ 9781 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9782 9783 /** 9784 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9785 * @dev: network device 9786 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9787 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9788 * @gfp: allocation flags 9789 */ 9790 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9791 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9792 9793 /** 9794 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9795 * @dev: network device 9796 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9797 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9798 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9799 * @gfp: allocation flags 9800 */ 9801 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9802 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9803 9804 /** 9805 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9806 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9807 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9808 * @addr: the transmitter address 9809 * @gfp: context flags 9810 * 9811 * This function is used in AP mode to inform userspace that a spurious 9812 * class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the sender. 9813 * It is also used in NAN_DATA mode to report frames from unknown peers 9814 * (A2 not assigned to any active NDP), per Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification 6.2.5. 9815 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9816 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9817 */ 9818 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9819 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9820 9821 /** 9822 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9823 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9824 * @addr: the transmitter address 9825 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9826 * @gfp: context flags 9827 * 9828 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9829 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9830 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9831 * station to avoid event flooding. 9832 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9833 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9834 */ 9835 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9836 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9837 9838 /** 9839 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9840 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9841 * @addr: the address of the peer 9842 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9843 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9844 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9845 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9846 * @gfp: allocation flags 9847 */ 9848 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9849 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9850 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9851 9852 /** 9853 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9854 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9855 * @frame: the frame 9856 * @len: length of the frame 9857 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9858 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9859 * 9860 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9861 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9862 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9863 */ 9864 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9865 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9866 9867 /** 9868 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9869 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9870 * @frame: the frame 9871 * @len: length of the frame 9872 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9873 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9874 * 9875 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9876 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9877 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9878 */ 9879 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9880 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9881 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9882 { 9883 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9884 sig_dbm); 9885 } 9886 9887 /** 9888 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9889 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9890 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9891 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9892 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9893 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9894 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9895 */ 9896 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9897 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9898 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9899 bool relax; 9900 }; 9901 9902 /** 9903 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9904 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9905 * @chandef: the channel definition 9906 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9907 * 9908 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9909 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9910 */ 9911 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9912 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9913 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9914 9915 /** 9916 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9917 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9918 * @chandef: the channel definition 9919 * @iftype: interface type 9920 * 9921 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9922 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9923 */ 9924 static inline bool 9925 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9926 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9927 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9928 { 9929 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9930 .iftype = iftype, 9931 }; 9932 9933 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9934 } 9935 9936 /** 9937 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9938 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9939 * @chandef: the channel definition 9940 * @iftype: interface type 9941 * 9942 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9943 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9944 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9945 * more permissive conditions. 9946 * 9947 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9948 */ 9949 static inline bool 9950 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9951 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9952 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9953 { 9954 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9955 .iftype = iftype, 9956 .relax = true, 9957 }; 9958 9959 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9960 } 9961 9962 /** 9963 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9964 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9965 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9966 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9967 * 9968 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9969 * driver context! 9970 */ 9971 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9972 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9973 unsigned int link_id); 9974 9975 /** 9976 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9977 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9978 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9979 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9980 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9981 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9982 * 9983 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9984 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9985 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9986 */ 9987 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9988 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9989 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9990 bool quiet); 9991 9992 /** 9993 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9994 * 9995 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9996 * @band: band pointer to fill 9997 * 9998 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9999 */ 10000 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 10001 enum nl80211_band *band); 10002 10003 /** 10004 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 10005 * 10006 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 10007 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 10008 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 10009 * 10010 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10011 */ 10012 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 10013 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 10014 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 10015 10016 /** 10017 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 10018 * 10019 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10020 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 10021 * 10022 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10023 */ 10024 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10025 u8 *op_class); 10026 10027 /** 10028 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 10029 * 10030 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10031 * 10032 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 10033 */ 10034 static inline u32 10035 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10036 { 10037 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10038 } 10039 10040 /** 10041 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 10042 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 10043 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 10044 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 10045 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 10046 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 10047 * @gfp: allocation flags 10048 * 10049 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 10050 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 10051 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 10052 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 10053 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 10054 */ 10055 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 10056 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 10057 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 10058 10059 /** 10060 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 10061 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 10062 * 10063 * Return: calculated bitrate 10064 */ 10065 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 10066 10067 /** 10068 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 10069 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 10070 * 10071 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 10072 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 10073 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 10074 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 10075 * is unbound from the driver. 10076 * 10077 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10078 */ 10079 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10080 10081 /** 10082 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 10083 * @dev: the netdev to register 10084 * 10085 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10086 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 10087 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 10088 * instead as well. 10089 * 10090 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10091 * 10092 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10093 */ 10094 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 10095 10096 /** 10097 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 10098 * @dev: the netdev to register 10099 * 10100 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10101 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 10102 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 10103 * usable instead as well. 10104 * 10105 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10106 */ 10107 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 10108 { 10109 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 10110 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 10111 #endif 10112 } 10113 10114 /** 10115 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 10116 * @ies: FT IEs 10117 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 10118 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 10119 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 10120 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 10121 */ 10122 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 10123 const u8 *ies; 10124 size_t ies_len; 10125 const u8 *target_ap; 10126 const u8 *ric_ies; 10127 size_t ric_ies_len; 10128 }; 10129 10130 /** 10131 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 10132 * @netdev: network device 10133 * @ft_event: IE information 10134 */ 10135 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10136 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 10137 10138 /** 10139 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 10140 * @ies: the input IE buffer 10141 * @len: the input length 10142 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 10143 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 10144 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 10145 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 10146 * 10147 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 10148 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 10149 * 10150 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 10151 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 10152 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 10153 */ 10154 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 10155 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 10156 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 10157 10158 /** 10159 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 10160 * @ies: the IE buffer 10161 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10162 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10163 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10164 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10165 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10166 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 10167 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 10168 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10169 * 10170 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10171 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10172 * split. 10173 * 10174 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10175 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10176 * 10177 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10178 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10179 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10180 * 10181 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10182 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10183 * used. 10184 */ 10185 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10186 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 10187 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 10188 size_t offset); 10189 10190 /** 10191 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 10192 * @ies: the IE buffer 10193 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10194 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10195 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10196 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10197 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10198 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10199 * 10200 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10201 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10202 * split. 10203 * 10204 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10205 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10206 * 10207 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10208 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10209 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10210 * 10211 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10212 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10213 * used. 10214 */ 10215 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10216 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 10217 { 10218 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 10219 } 10220 10221 /** 10222 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 10223 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 10224 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 10225 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 10226 * 10227 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 10228 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 10229 * accordingly. 10230 */ 10231 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 10232 10233 /** 10234 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 10235 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 10236 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 10237 * @gfp: allocation flags 10238 * 10239 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 10240 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 10241 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 10242 * else caused the wakeup. 10243 */ 10244 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10245 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 10246 gfp_t gfp); 10247 10248 /** 10249 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 10250 * 10251 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 10252 * @gfp: allocation flags 10253 * 10254 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 10255 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 10256 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 10257 */ 10258 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 10259 10260 /** 10261 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 10262 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10263 * 10264 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 10265 */ 10266 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10267 10268 /** 10269 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 10270 * 10271 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10272 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10273 * 10274 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 10275 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 10276 * the interface combinations. 10277 * 10278 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 10279 */ 10280 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10281 struct iface_combination_params *params); 10282 10283 /** 10284 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 10285 * 10286 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10287 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10288 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 10289 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 10290 * 10291 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 10292 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 10293 * purposes. 10294 * 10295 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10296 */ 10297 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10298 struct iface_combination_params *params, 10299 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 10300 void *data), 10301 void *data); 10302 /** 10303 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 10304 * 10305 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10306 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 10307 * 10308 * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise 10309 */ 10310 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10311 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 10312 10313 /** 10314 * cfg80211_stop_link - stop AP/P2P_GO link if link_id is non-negative or stops 10315 * all links on the interface. 10316 * 10317 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10318 * @wdev: wireless device 10319 * @link_id: valid link ID in case of MLO AP/P2P_GO Operation or else -1 10320 * @gfp: context flags 10321 * 10322 * If link_id is set during MLO operation, stops only the specified AP/P2P_GO 10323 * link and if link_id is set to -1 or last link is stopped, the entire 10324 * interface is stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA disconnected. 10325 */ 10326 void cfg80211_stop_link(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10327 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 10328 10329 /** 10330 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 10331 * 10332 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10333 * @wdev: wireless device 10334 * @gfp: context flags 10335 * 10336 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 10337 * disconnected. 10338 * 10339 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 10340 */ 10341 static inline void 10342 cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp) 10343 { 10344 cfg80211_stop_link(wiphy, wdev, -1, gfp); 10345 } 10346 10347 /** 10348 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 10349 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 10350 * 10351 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 10352 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 10353 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 10354 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 10355 * 10356 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 10357 * the driver while the function is running. 10358 */ 10359 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10360 10361 /** 10362 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 10363 * 10364 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10365 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10366 * 10367 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10368 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10369 */ 10370 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10371 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10372 { 10373 u8 *ft_byte; 10374 10375 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10376 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 10377 } 10378 10379 /** 10380 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 10381 * 10382 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10383 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10384 * 10385 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10386 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10387 * 10388 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 10389 */ 10390 static inline bool 10391 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10392 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10393 { 10394 u8 ft_byte; 10395 10396 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10397 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 10398 } 10399 10400 /** 10401 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 10402 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 10403 * 10404 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 10405 */ 10406 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 10407 10408 /** 10409 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 10410 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 10411 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 10412 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 10413 * result. 10414 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 10415 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10416 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 10417 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 10418 * @info_len: the length of the &info 10419 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 10420 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 10421 */ 10422 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 10423 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 10424 u8 inst_id; 10425 u8 peer_inst_id; 10426 const u8 *addr; 10427 u8 info_len; 10428 const u8 *info; 10429 u64 cookie; 10430 }; 10431 10432 /** 10433 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 10434 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10435 * @match: match notification parameters 10436 * @gfp: allocation flags 10437 * 10438 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 10439 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 10440 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 10441 */ 10442 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10443 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 10444 10445 /** 10446 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 10447 * 10448 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10449 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10450 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 10451 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 10452 * @gfp: allocation flags 10453 * 10454 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 10455 */ 10456 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10457 u8 inst_id, 10458 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 10459 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 10460 10461 /** 10462 * cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done - notify deferred schedule update completion 10463 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the event 10464 * @success: whether or not the schedule update was successful 10465 * @gfp: allocation flags 10466 * 10467 * This function notifies user space that a deferred local NAN schedule update 10468 * (requested with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) has been completed. 10469 */ 10470 void cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done(struct wireless_dev *wdev, bool success, 10471 gfp_t gfp); 10472 10473 /* ethtool helper */ 10474 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 10475 10476 /** 10477 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 10478 * @netdev: network device 10479 * @params: External authentication parameters 10480 * @gfp: allocation flags 10481 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 10482 */ 10483 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 10484 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 10485 gfp_t gfp); 10486 10487 /** 10488 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 10489 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10490 * @req: the original measurement request 10491 * @result: the result data 10492 * @gfp: allocation flags 10493 */ 10494 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10495 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10496 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 10497 gfp_t gfp); 10498 10499 /** 10500 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 10501 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10502 * @req: the original measurement request 10503 * @gfp: allocation flags 10504 * 10505 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 10506 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 10507 */ 10508 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10509 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10510 gfp_t gfp); 10511 10512 /** 10513 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 10514 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10515 * @iftype: interface type 10516 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 10517 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 10518 * 10519 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 10520 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 10521 * check_swif is '1'. 10522 * 10523 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 10524 */ 10525 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 10526 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 10527 10528 10529 /** 10530 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 10531 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 10532 * @netdev: network device 10533 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 10534 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 10535 * 10536 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 10537 */ 10538 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 10539 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 10540 10541 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 10542 10543 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 10544 10545 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 10546 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10547 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10548 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10549 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10550 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10551 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10552 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10553 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10554 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10555 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10556 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10557 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10558 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10559 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10560 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10561 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10562 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10563 10564 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10565 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10566 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10567 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10568 10569 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10570 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 10571 10572 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10573 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10574 10575 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 10576 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 10577 #else 10578 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10579 ({ \ 10580 if (0) \ 10581 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 10582 0; \ 10583 }) 10584 #endif 10585 10586 /* 10587 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 10588 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 10589 * file/line information and a backtrace. 10590 */ 10591 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10592 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 10593 10594 /** 10595 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 10596 * @netdev: network device 10597 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 10598 * @gfp: allocation flags 10599 */ 10600 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10601 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 10602 gfp_t gfp); 10603 10604 /** 10605 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 10606 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10607 */ 10608 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10609 10610 /** 10611 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 10612 * @dev: network device 10613 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 10614 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10615 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10616 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10617 * 10618 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10619 */ 10620 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10621 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 10622 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 10623 10624 /** 10625 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 10626 * @dev: network device 10627 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10628 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10629 * 10630 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10631 */ 10632 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10633 u64 color_bitmap, 10634 u8 link_id) 10635 { 10636 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 10637 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 10638 } 10639 10640 /** 10641 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 10642 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10643 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10644 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10645 * 10646 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 10647 * 10648 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10649 */ 10650 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10651 u8 count, u8 link_id) 10652 { 10653 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 10654 count, 0, link_id); 10655 } 10656 10657 /** 10658 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 10659 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10660 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10661 * 10662 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 10663 * 10664 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10665 */ 10666 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10667 u8 link_id) 10668 { 10669 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 10670 0, 0, link_id); 10671 } 10672 10673 /** 10674 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 10675 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 10676 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10677 * 10678 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 10679 * 10680 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10681 */ 10682 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10683 u8 link_id) 10684 { 10685 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 10686 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 10687 0, 0, link_id); 10688 } 10689 10690 /** 10691 * cfg80211_6ghz_power_type - determine AP regulatory power type 10692 * @control: control flags 10693 * @client_flags: &enum ieee80211_channel_flags for station mode to enable 10694 * SP to LPI fallback, zero otherwise. 10695 * 10696 * Return: regulatory power type from &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10697 */ 10698 static inline enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10699 cfg80211_6ghz_power_type(u8 control, u32 client_flags) 10700 { 10701 switch (u8_get_bits(control, IEEE80211_HE_6GHZ_OPER_CTRL_REG_INFO)) { 10702 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_LPI_AP: 10703 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_LPI_AP: 10704 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_AP_ROLE_NOT_RELEVANT: 10705 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP_OLD: 10706 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10707 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_SP_AP: 10708 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10709 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_VLP_AP: 10710 return IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP; 10711 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP: 10712 if (client_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT) 10713 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10714 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10715 default: 10716 return IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP; 10717 } 10718 } 10719 10720 /** 10721 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 10722 * @dev: network device. 10723 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 10724 * 10725 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 10726 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 10727 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 10728 * case disconnect instead. 10729 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 10730 */ 10731 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 10732 10733 /** 10734 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 10735 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 10736 * @len: length of the frame data 10737 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 10738 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 10739 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 10740 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 10741 * driver. 10742 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 10743 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 10744 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 10745 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 10746 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 10747 * 10748 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 10749 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 10750 */ 10751 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 10752 const u8 *buf; 10753 size_t len; 10754 bool driver_initiated; 10755 u16 added_links; 10756 struct { 10757 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 10758 u8 *addr; 10759 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 10760 }; 10761 10762 /** 10763 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 10764 * @dev: network device. 10765 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 10766 * 10767 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 10768 * request to add links to the association is done. 10769 */ 10770 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 10771 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 10772 10773 /** 10774 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 10775 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 10776 * 10777 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 10778 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 10779 * hold anymore. 10780 */ 10781 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10782 10783 /** 10784 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 10785 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 10786 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 10787 */ 10788 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 10789 10790 /** 10791 * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) 10792 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10793 * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) 10794 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10795 */ 10796 void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10797 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 10798 10799 /** 10800 * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join 10801 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10802 * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started 10803 * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one 10804 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10805 * 10806 * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been 10807 * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. 10808 */ 10809 void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10810 const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, 10811 gfp_t gfp); 10812 10813 /** 10814 * cfg80211_nan_ulw_update - Notify user space about ULW update 10815 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10816 * @ulw: Pointer to the ULW blob data 10817 * @ulw_len: Length of the ULW blob in bytes 10818 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10819 * 10820 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when the device's 10821 * ULW (Unaligned Schedule) blob has been updated. User space can use this 10822 * blob to attach to frames sent to peers. 10823 */ 10824 void cfg80211_nan_ulw_update(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10825 const u8 *ulw, size_t ulw_len, gfp_t gfp); 10826 10827 /** 10828 * cfg80211_nan_channel_evac - Notify user space about NAN channel evacuation 10829 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10830 * @chandef: Pointer to the channel definition of the NAN channel that was 10831 * evacuated 10832 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10833 * 10834 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when a NAN 10835 * channel has been evacuated (i.e. ULWed) due to channel resource conflicts 10836 * with other interfaces. 10837 * This can happen when another interface sharing the channel resource with NAN 10838 * needs to move to a different channel (e.g. due to channel switch or link 10839 * switch). User space may reconfigure the local schedule to exclude the 10840 * evacuated channel. 10841 */ 10842 void cfg80211_nan_channel_evac(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10843 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10844 gfp_t gfp); 10845 10846 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 10847 /** 10848 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 10849 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10850 * @file: the file being read 10851 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 10852 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10853 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 10854 * @count: read count 10855 * @ppos: read position 10856 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10857 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 10858 * 10859 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 10860 */ 10861 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10862 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10863 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10864 loff_t *ppos, 10865 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10866 struct file *file, 10867 char *buf, 10868 size_t bufsize, 10869 void *data), 10870 void *data); 10871 10872 /** 10873 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10874 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10875 * @file: the file being written to 10876 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10877 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10878 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10879 * @count: read count 10880 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10881 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10882 * 10883 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10884 */ 10885 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10886 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10887 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10888 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10889 struct file *file, 10890 char *buf, 10891 size_t count, 10892 void *data), 10893 void *data); 10894 #endif 10895 10896 /** 10897 * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency 10898 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10899 * 10900 * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz 10901 */ 10902 static inline u32 10903 cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10904 { 10905 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10906 u32 center_khz = 10907 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10908 return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; 10909 } 10910 10911 /** 10912 * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency 10913 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10914 * 10915 * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz 10916 */ 10917 static inline u32 10918 cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10919 { 10920 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10921 u32 center_khz = 10922 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10923 return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; 10924 } 10925 10926 /** 10927 * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel 10928 * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. 10929 * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to 10930 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10931 * 10932 * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz 10933 * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel 10934 * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as 10935 * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. 10936 * 10937 * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. 10938 */ 10939 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 10940 cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10941 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10942 { 10943 int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10944 u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; 10945 10946 if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) 10947 return NULL; 10948 10949 pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); 10950 op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); 10951 10952 /* 10953 * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the 10954 * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. 10955 * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, 10956 * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. 10957 */ 10958 pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; 10959 sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); 10960 10961 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); 10962 } 10963 10964 10965 /** 10966 * cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify - Notify userspace of incumbent signal detection 10967 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10968 * @chandef: channel definition in which the interference was detected 10969 * @signal_interference_bitmap: bitmap indicating interference across 20 MHz segments 10970 * @gfp: allocation context for message creation and multicast; pass GFP_ATOMIC 10971 * if called from atomic context (e.g. firmware event handler), otherwise 10972 * GFP_KERNEL 10973 * 10974 * Use this function to notify userspace when an incumbent signal is detected on 10975 * the operating channel in the 6 GHz band. The notification includes the 10976 * current channel definition and a bitmap representing interference across 10977 * the operating bandwidth. Each bit in the bitmap corresponds to a 20 MHz 10978 * segment, with the lowest bit representing the lowest frequency segment. 10979 * Punctured sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure but are always 10980 * set to zero since interference detection is not performed on them. 10981 */ 10982 void cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10983 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10984 u32 signal_interference_bitmap, 10985 gfp_t gfp); 10986 10987 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 10988